WO2020057383A1 - Data transmission method and device - Google Patents

Data transmission method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020057383A1
WO2020057383A1 PCT/CN2019/104825 CN2019104825W WO2020057383A1 WO 2020057383 A1 WO2020057383 A1 WO 2020057383A1 CN 2019104825 W CN2019104825 W CN 2019104825W WO 2020057383 A1 WO2020057383 A1 WO 2020057383A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
receiving
information
status information
beams
resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/104825
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘显达
刘鹍鹏
张荻
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020057383A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020057383A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0057Physical resource allocation for CQI
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/046Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a method and device for data transmission.
  • downlink channel measurement can be used to determine uplink channel state information.
  • uplink transmission between a terminal device and a base station firstly, downlink beam training is required.
  • the terminal device needs to report the index information of the optimal transmit and receive beams and the corresponding receiving status information to determine the optimal downlink transmit and receive beams.
  • the base station configures multiple channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources, and each CSI-RS resource corresponds to at least one receiving beam or antenna panel of a terminal device.
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • the RS resources use different transmit beams to send CSI-RSs to scan the transmit beams
  • the terminal device may also use different receive beams on the multiple CSI-RS resources to receive CSI-RSs to scan the receive beams.
  • the terminal device reports the corresponding measurement results according to the measurement results of the received CSI-RS.
  • the base station can obtain the optimal transmission beam information according to the measurement results, that is, by reporting the IDs of some CSI-RSs and the corresponding Signal measurement parameters complete the training of the optimal transmit and receive beams, thereby determining the optimal transmit and receive beams.
  • the base station since the measurement parameter corresponding to the CSI-RS resource with the highest measurement parameter reported by the terminal device during the beam training process does not carry the receiving beam information of the terminal device or the information of the antenna panel, the base station does not know the correspondence of each CSI-RS resource The number of receiving beams or antenna panels, the base station cannot determine the optimal transmission beam for the terminal device to configure the uplink reference signal, and can only configure the time division multiplexed uplink reference signal resource, which affects the uplink transmission performance.
  • a transmission method is urgently needed, so that the base station can determine the transmission beam information of the uplink reference signal resource, and the position and number of time-frequency resources, thereby ensuring the reliability of the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment and the base station and improving the transmission performance.
  • the application provides a transmission method and a transmission device, which can accurately configure the position and number of time-frequency resources of a terminal device, and configure uplink transmission of the terminal device to improve transmission performance.
  • a transmission method including: determining reception state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource in at least one first resource, where each first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam, and the first The receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam; sending information about the number of first receiving beams corresponding to each first resource and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource.
  • the terminal device informs the base station of the receiving status information corresponding to each first resource, the number of receiving beams used to receive the reference signal on the first resource, or receiving the reference signal on the first resource.
  • the quantity information of the antenna panel is used, so that the base station determines the time-frequency resource location, the number of resources of the uplink reference signal resource associated with the first resource, and the transmission beam used to send the uplink reference signal on the uplink reference signal resource. Therefore, it is ensured that the terminal device sends the uplink reference signal by using the transmission beam with the best transmission quality and the uplink reference signal resource, and performs subsequent uplink data transmission, so as to improve the reliability of uplink transmission between the terminal device and the base station and improve transmission performance.
  • the reference signal resource that the terminal device determines from the multiple reference signal resources configured by the base station through high-level signaling to determine that the reception status information meets a preset condition is the first resource, which can be understood as The first resource is already the resource with the best transmission quality determined by the terminal device, and there may be one or more first resources.
  • the reception status information of the reference signal resource in the embodiments of the present application may refer to a quantized value of the reception status information.
  • the measurement parameters of the reference signal resource are used to indicate the reception status information, and the terminal device measures the reference signals received on the received multiple reference signal resources to obtain the measurement parameters of the reference signal resource.
  • the preset condition here may be that the terminal device determines that the measurement parameter is greater than or equal to a preset threshold according to the measurement parameter of the reference signal resource, and determines such a reference signal resource as a resource with the best transmission quality or a resource with the best reception status. .
  • a reference signal resource whose quantization value of the reception status information is greater than or equal to a preset threshold is determined as the first resource, or for multiple reference signal resources, the terminal device maximizes the quantization value of the reception status information.
  • a certain or the largest first plurality of reference signal resources are determined as the first resources, and the number of the first resources with the best transmission quality is not limited in this application.
  • the reception status information in this application may characterize the signal reception quality or communication quality of the receiving beam or antenna panel used by the terminal device to receive the reference signal, or the channel transmission quality of the received reference signal. Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, any one of the received signal RSRP or the signal-to-noise and interference ratio SINR or the signal-to-noise ratio SNR or the reference signal received quality RSRQ, or the received signal strength RSSI may be used as the reception status information.
  • the reception status information is usually expressed as a quantized value.
  • the downlink reference signal transmitted on multiple resources may be a CSI-RS, a synchronization signal block SSB, a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), or a tracking reference signal TRS.
  • the downlink reference signal is described by taking the CSI-RS as an example, that is, the optimal CSI-RS resource introduced in the present application is the optimal first resource.
  • the first resource refers to a resource that the terminal device has determined from multiple resources to have the best communication quality
  • a receiving beam used to receive a reference signal on the first resource is referred to as a first resource.
  • the first receiving beam may include one receiving beam corresponding to one antenna panel, or N receiving beams corresponding to N antenna panels.
  • the number of first resources may be one or more.
  • a terminal device when a terminal device actually receives a reference signal carried on the first resource, it uses N receive beams or N antenna panels.
  • the N receiving beams corresponding to the first resource may form a first receiving beam, that is, the quantity information of the N receiving beams is reported to the base station by the terminal device; or the terminal device selects K from the N beams Beam, then the first receiving beam corresponding to the first resource is composed of the K receiving beams, that is, the number information of the K beams is reported to the base station by the terminal device, where K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and N is A positive integer greater than or equal to K.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes a quantity of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or an identifier of a receiving beam included in the first receiving beam.
  • the information, or the number of the first received beams includes the number or identification information of the antenna panel used to receive the reference signal.
  • each receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to a different antenna panel of the terminal device. It can be understood that only the antenna panel 1 is used to receive the same CSI-RS resource. One of the receive beams. If the receiving beam of a CSI-RS resource includes N beams, the N beams must correspond to N antenna panels.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam is a quantity K or identification information of K receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, or the reference signal is received
  • the number of antenna panels used is K, or the identification information of K antenna panels used to receive the reference signal, where K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1
  • the method further includes: when the first receiving beam includes a receiving beam or receiving When the reference signal uses an antenna panel, determine that K is 1; when the first receiving beam includes multiple receiving beams, determine the value of K according to the receiving status information of the multiple receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, or When multiple antenna panels are used to receive the reference signal, the value of K is determined according to the reception status information of the multiple antenna panels.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam is the quantity K or identification information of the K receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, and the The reception status information is determined according to the reception status information of the K reception beams in the first reception beam; or, the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the reception status information of the first resource is based on the K The reception status information of each antenna panel is determined, and K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the measurement information of the one CSI-RS resource may be determined by a sum operation of the K measurement information of the K reception beams; and / or The receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to the K antenna panels of the terminal device beam.
  • the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is determined by the sum of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels.
  • the measurement information of the one CSI-RS resource is calculated by averaging the K measurement information of the K reception beams. Determined by the method; and / or the receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to K antenna panels of the terminal device beam, and the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is an average of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels The method of operation is determined.
  • the content reported by the above-mentioned several types of terminal devices for example, the number of first receiving beams corresponding to the first resource and the reception status information of the first resource reported to the base station are determined based on the same K receiving beams.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information
  • the receiving status information of the first resource includes the first receiving beam
  • the K reception status information corresponding to the K reception beams in the K and the number of first reception beams corresponding to each first resource and the reception status information of a reference signal carried on each first resource include: Sending K receiving status information corresponding to the K receiving beams; and / or
  • the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K
  • the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels in the plurality of antenna panels, and the first information corresponding to each of the first resources is sent.
  • the number of received beams and the reception status information of the reference signal carried on each of the first resources include: sending K reception status information of the K antenna panels.
  • the K receiving beams correspond to K receiving status information
  • any two of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams are The difference is less than or equal to the first threshold, and / or the difference between any two of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the first threshold; or K of the K reception beams
  • the ratio of any two reception status information in the reception status information is less than or equal to the second threshold, and / or the ratio of any two reception status information in the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the second threshold ;
  • the difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information in the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to a third threshold, and / or in the K reception status information of the K antenna panels
  • the difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the K receiving states of the K receiving beams The difference between the reception status information of any one of the information and the reception status information of any one of the N reception beams except for the K reception beams is greater than the fourth threshold, and / or the K
  • the difference between the reception status information of any of the K reception status information of each antenna panel and the reception status information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels is greater than Four thresholds; or
  • the ratio of the reception status information of any one of the K reception status information of the K reception beams to the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than A fifth threshold, and / or any one of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels and any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels
  • the ratio of the received status information is greater than the fifth threshold; or
  • the difference between the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than The sixth threshold, and / or the maximum reception state information of the K reception state information of the K antenna panels and the maximum reception state information of any of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels;
  • the difference between the received status information is greater than the sixth threshold.
  • the first report configuration information is received, and the first report configuration information is used to indicate a number of bits for reporting the number information of the first received beam, or Indicates the maximum value of the number of the first received beams to be reported, or indicates the number of bits used to report the reception status information.
  • the terminal device reports only one reception status information corresponding to the CSI-RS resource, and the reception status information may be a quantized value and a reporting form It can be X bits, X bits correspond to a quantization value interval, each state value of X bits corresponds to a specific quantization value in the quantization value interval, and the encoding of X bits is based on the CSI-RS of the terminal device through The reception status information determined by the resource measurement is determined.
  • the terminal device needs to report the measurement information of the first resource, and the resource of the measurement information can be reported through the resource indicated by the first reporting configuration information, such as the resource configured by high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling can be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling, high-level signaling can configure multiple reporting configuration sets, multiple reference signal resources are associated with the same reporting configuration set, and the reporting configuration set contains the measurement parameter information that needs to be reported.
  • the high-level signaling can be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling
  • high-level signaling can configure multiple reporting configuration sets
  • multiple reference signal resources are associated with the same reporting configuration set
  • the reporting configuration set contains the measurement parameter information that needs to be reported.
  • the base station indicates that the maximum amount of information is L through the first reporting configuration information, it indicates that the terminal device reports the number of receiving beams corresponding to each first resource or the number of antenna panels used for reporting.
  • Each state value Corresponding to the number of receiving beams or antenna panels used to receive the first resource, the correspondence between specific status values and quantity information can be defined in advance.
  • the maximum quantity information may be determined according to the number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device or the number of beams used for data reception at the same time, and the value of L is not greater than the number of antenna panels or received beams reported by the terminal device.
  • the base station can configure the reported number of bits to be 2 bits.
  • the status value corresponding to a first resource reported by the terminal device is 00, it indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 1; the status value corresponding to a reported first resource is 01, indicating that the first resource is currently received.
  • the number of received beams of the resource is 2; when the status value of a reported first resource is 10, it indicates that the number of received beams currently receiving the first resource is 3; the status value of a reported first resource is At 11:00, it indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is four.
  • L takes other values a similar reporting method may be adopted. It should be understood that this application includes but is not limited to this.
  • the maximum quantity information L may also be determined according to the number of SRS resource sets supported by the terminal device for beam training, and the value of L is not greater than the number of SRS resource sets reported by the terminal device for beam training.
  • the report information in the beam training is Log 2 L bits, and each bit value corresponds to a number of SRS resource sets; or, if the terminal device reports the number of RS resources that it can transmit simultaneously and each RS resource corresponds to a different
  • the reported information in the beam training may be Log 2 L bits.
  • the base station indicates the number of bits used to report the reception status information by using the first report configuration information
  • the number of bits required to report the reception status information of the first receive beam may be combined to determine the maximum reportable receive beam.
  • the receiving status information of each receiving beam may be in the form of an absolute quantization value, or in the form of a relative quantization value.
  • the number of bits corresponding to each reception status information is the same.
  • a relative quantization value is used, a certain reception status information is in the form of an absolute quantization value, and the rest of the reception status information is relative to The difference between the absolute quantization values can reduce the number of feedback bits compared to the absolute quantization values.
  • the terminal device determines that the maximum number of reportable receive beams is L, and L is based on the number of bits used to report the reception status information indicated by the first report configuration information, and combines the values corresponding to each receive beam corresponding to each first resource.
  • the number of bits required to receive status information is determined. Taking all absolute quantization values as an example, the total number of reported bits at this time is L * m, where m is the number of reported bits of reception status information corresponding to each receiving beam, and each state value of m bits corresponds to a reception state Quantitative value of the information. For example, if the number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device is 4 and each reception status information is 2 bits, for example, the base station can configure the number of reported bits to be 8 bits.
  • a first resource reported by the terminal device The corresponding status value of 00000000-00000011 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 1; the status value of 00000100-00001111 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 2; and a certain first reported by the terminal device
  • the status value corresponding to the resource is 00010000-00111111, indicating that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 3; the status value being 01000000-00001111 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 4.
  • the terminal device may further report the number of received beams.
  • the method further includes: sending the M first Identification information of the at least one first resource among the resources.
  • the method further includes: determining first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct reception of receiving reference signals carried on M first resources Whether the beam can be used for uplink transmission at the same time; and sending the first indication information.
  • the base station needs to know whether multiple CSI-RS resources can be received simultaneously, that is, whether multiple CSI-RS receive beams can be used for uplink transmission at the same time.
  • the reception status information is reference signal received power RSRP or signal noise to interference ratio SINR or signal to noise ratio SNR or reference signal received quality RSRQ or received signal strength RSSI Any of them.
  • the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
  • the antenna panel is in an activated state.
  • the above has introduced in detail the correspondence between the terminal equipment to inform the base station of the corresponding reception beams corresponding to the CSI-RS and the antenna panel of the terminal equipment, so as to determine the time-frequency resource locations where multiple SRS resources are configured, the number of SRS resources, and the corresponding terminal equipment.
  • the method of transmitting the SRS thereby ensuring that the terminal equipment uses the correct transmission beam to transmit the SRS or perform uplink transmission, and the base station can use the corresponding receiving beam to receive the SRS and the uplink transmitted data or signal, thereby improving transmission performance.
  • a transmission method including: when a terminal device generates a first message under a first preset condition, the first message is used to trigger the terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal; and sending the first message,
  • the first preset condition includes: an uplink beam used by the terminal device to send a second uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of a downlink reference signal, and the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement; and / or the terminal device
  • the number of receiving beams receiving the downlink reference signal or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal is greater than 1; and / or any of multiple receiving status information corresponding to multiple receiving beams of the terminal device receiving the downlink reference signal
  • the difference between the two reception status information is less than or equal to the first threshold, or between any two reception status information among multiple reception status information corresponding to multiple antenna panels used by the terminal device to receive the downlink reference signal The difference is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first uplink reference signal is a reference signal used for uplink beam training
  • the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement. Therefore, the first uplink reference signal and the second uplink reference signal can be configured. For the same reference signal or different reference signals, this application is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device can trigger the base station to perform uplink beam training, so that the base station can determine accurate uplink transmission beam information and corresponding uplink resources and uplink transmission configuration information, that is, determine the time-frequency resource location for configuring multiple uplink resource resources.
  • the number of uplink resources, and the corresponding terminal device's method for sending uplink resources so as to ensure that the terminal device uses the transmission beam with the best transmission quality to send the reference signal or perform uplink transmission, and the base station can use the corresponding receiving beam to receive the reference signal and the uplink Data transmitted to improve transmission performance.
  • the terminal device generates a second message according to the number of receiving beams or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal, and the second message is used to indicate that the Sending quantity information of first uplink reference signal resources of the first uplink reference signal and / or sending beam information; and sending the second message.
  • the terminal device may also notify the base station of the number of first uplink reference signal resources that triggers uplink beam training and the corresponding transmit beams, where the number of first uplink reference signals may be the terminal device ’s configuration for codebook transmission / use.
  • the number of identification information of the first resource transmitted in a non-codebook, or the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each first resource is determined.
  • the terminal device notifies the base station to perform uplink beam training.
  • the number of first uplink reference signal resources is 4, and the first uplink reference signals on the four first uplink reference signal resources are respectively sent by receiving four receive beams corresponding to the two first resources, then the base station also knows that the corresponding The beam receiving the first resource receives a first uplink reference signal.
  • the identification information of the same first resource corresponds to multiple transmission times regardless of periodic transmission or non-periodic triggering, and the transmitting and receiving beams used at each transmission time may be different, the identification information of the first resource corresponds to notifying the base station to trigger an uplink. Beam training Receive beam used for the most recent CSI-RS resource transmission.
  • the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
  • the first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
  • a transmission method including: sending a reference signal through at least one first resource, the reference signal being carried on multiple resources, each first resource corresponding to a first receiving beam of a terminal device, the first
  • the receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam; receiving quantity information of the first receiving beam and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource; and determining the first receiving beam and the first resource.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes a quantity of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or identification information of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, Or, the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes quantity or identification information of an antenna panel used to receive the reference signal.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information
  • the receiving status information of the first resource is based on the first receiving
  • the receiving status information of the K receiving beams in the beam is determined; or, the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the receiving status information of the first resource is determined according to the receiving status information of the K antenna panels.
  • K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information
  • the receiving status information of the first resource includes the first receiving beam
  • the K reception status information of the K reception beams, the number of received first reception beams, and the reception status information of the reference signal carried on each of the first resources include: receiving K corresponding to the K reception beams Receiving status information; and / or
  • the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K
  • the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels of the plurality of antenna panels, as well as the number of received first reception beams and the number of each
  • the reception status information of the reference signals carried on the first resources includes: receiving the number information K of the antenna panels and K reception status information of the K antenna panels.
  • the K reception beams correspond to K reception state information, and any two of the K reception state information of the K reception beams are The difference is less than or equal to the first threshold, and / or the difference between any two of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the first threshold; or K of the K reception beams
  • the ratio of any two reception status information in the reception status information is less than or equal to the second threshold, and / or the ratio of any two reception status information in the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the second threshold ;
  • the difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information in the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to a third threshold, and / or in the K reception status information of the K antenna panels
  • the difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the K receiving states of the K receiving beams The difference between the reception status information of any one of the information and the reception status information of any one of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams other than K reception beams is greater than the fourth threshold, and / or the K
  • the difference between the reception status information of any of the K reception status information of the antenna panel and the reception status information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels is greater than the fourth Threshold; or
  • the ratio of the reception status information of any one of the K reception status information of the K reception beams to the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams in the N reception beams is greater than Five thresholds, and / or any one of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels and the receiving status information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels
  • the ratio of received status information is greater than the fifth threshold; or
  • the difference between the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams in the N reception beams is greater than the Six thresholds, and / or the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels and the reception of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels
  • the difference in status information is greater than the sixth threshold.
  • the method further includes: sending first reporting configuration information, where the first reporting configuration information is used to indicate a bit that reports the quantity information of the first receiving beam Or the number of bits used to instruct the terminal device to report the maximum number of the first reception beams contained in the number information of the first reception beams or the number of bits to report the reception status information.
  • the method further includes: receiving the M first Identification information of the at least one first resource among the resources.
  • the method further includes: receiving first indication information and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct receiving M bearers on the first resource Whether the received beam of the reference signal can be used for uplink transmission at the same time.
  • the reception status information is any one of a reference signal received power RSRP or a signal noise interference ratio SINR or a signal to noise ratio SNR or a reference signal received quality RSRQ .
  • the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
  • the antenna panel is in an activated state.
  • a transmission method including: receiving a first message that is used to instruct a terminal device to send an uplink reference signal; and generating downlink control information DCI that is used to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink reference The first uplink resource of the signal; sending the DCI.
  • the method further includes: receiving a second message, where the second message is used to indicate the first uplink resource information and uplink beam information, and the first uplink resource information includes a first The number of a resource and the number of receiving beams or corresponding antenna panels that receive the first resource.
  • the first resource is a resource of a plurality of resources used to carry a downlink reference signal that meets a predetermined communication quality.
  • the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
  • the final first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
  • a transmission device including: a processing unit, configured to determine reception status information of a reference signal carried on each first resource in at least one first resource, each first resource corresponding to the first reception Beam, the first receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam; the communication unit sends information about the number of first receiving beams corresponding to each first resource and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes a quantity of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or identification information of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, Or, the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes quantity or identification information of an antenna panel used to receive the reference signal.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam is a quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and K is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the processing unit further uses Yu: when the first receiving beam includes a receiving beam or using an antenna panel to receive the reference signal, determine that K is 1; when the first receiving beam includes a plurality of receiving beams, according to the The value of K is determined by the reception status information of multiple receive beams, or is determined by the reception status information of the multiple antenna panels when multiple antenna panels are used to receive the reference signal.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource is based on the first receiving The receiving status information of the K receiving beams in the beam is determined; or, the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the receiving status information of the first resource is determined according to the receiving status information of the K antenna panels.
  • K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information
  • the receiving status information of the first resource includes the first receiving beam K reception status information of K reception beams in the
  • the communication unit is further configured to: send the K reception status information; and / or
  • the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K
  • the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels of the plurality of antenna panels
  • the communication unit is further configured to: send the antenna panels The number information K and K reception status information of the K antenna panels.
  • the K reception beams correspond to K reception state information, and the difference between any two reception state information of the K reception state information of the K reception beams The value is less than or equal to the first threshold, and / or the difference between any two of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the first threshold; or
  • the ratio of any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to the second threshold, and / or any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels Is less than or equal to the second threshold; or
  • the difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information in the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to the third threshold, and / or the largest of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels.
  • the difference between the reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the first receiving beam includes N receiving beams, and N is a positive integer greater than K
  • any one of the receiving state information of the K receiving state information of the K receiving beams and The difference between the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams in the N reception beams is greater than a fourth threshold, and / or K reception status information of the K antenna panels
  • the difference between the reception status information of any one of the antenna status panels and the reception status information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels is greater than the fourth threshold; or
  • the ratio of the reception status information of any one of the K reception status information of the K reception beams to the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than A fifth threshold, and / or any one of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels and any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels
  • the ratio of the received status information is greater than the fifth threshold; or
  • the difference between the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than The sixth threshold, and / or the maximum reception state information of the K reception state information of the K antenna panels and the maximum reception state information of any of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels;
  • the difference between the received status information is greater than the sixth threshold.
  • the communication unit is further configured to: receive first reporting configuration information, where the first reporting configuration information is used to indicate information about reporting the number of the first receiving beam The number of bits is used to indicate the maximum value of the number of the first receiving beams to be reported, or the number of bits used to report the reception status information.
  • the communication unit is further configured to: send the M number of Identification information of the at least one first resource in the first resource.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct to receive reference signals carried on M first resources Whether the receiving beams of the MIMO receiver can be used for uplink transmission at the same time; the communication unit is further configured to: send the first indication information.
  • the reception status information is any one of a reference signal received power RSRP or a signal noise to interference ratio SINR or a signal to noise ratio SNR or a reference signal received quality RSRQ .
  • the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
  • the antenna panel is in an activated state.
  • a transmission device including: a processing unit configured to generate a first message when the first preset condition is used, the first message being used to trigger a terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal; a communication unit, Configured to send the first message, the first preset condition includes: an uplink beam used by the terminal device to send a second uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of a downlink reference signal, and the second uplink reference signal is used to perform a channel Measurement; and / or the number of receive beams of the downlink reference signal received by the terminal device or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal is greater than 1; and / or the plurality of receive beams of the terminal device receiving the downlink reference signal corresponds
  • the difference between any two of the plurality of reception status information is less than or equal to the first threshold, or among the plurality of reception status information corresponding to multiple antenna panels used by the terminal device to receive the downlink reference signal
  • the difference between any two received status information is less than or equal
  • the processing unit is further configured to generate a second message according to the number of the receiving beams or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal, and the second message is used for The information indicating the quantity of the first uplink reference signal resource carrying the first uplink reference signal and / or the transmission beam information; the communication unit is further configured to: send the second message.
  • the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
  • the first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
  • a transmission device including: a communication unit, configured to send a reference signal through at least one first resource, where the reference signal is carried on multiple resources, and each first resource corresponds to a first reception of a terminal device.
  • Beam the first receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam;
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive information about the number of first receiving beams and receiving status information of a reference signal carried on each first resource;
  • a processing unit configured to: Determining the first receiving beam and the first resource.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes a quantity of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or identification information of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, Or, the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes quantity or identification information of an antenna panel used to receive the reference signal.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information
  • the receiving status information of the first resource is based on the first receiving
  • the receiving status information of the K receiving beams in the beam is determined; or, the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the receiving status information of the first resource is determined according to the receiving status information of the K antenna panels.
  • K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information
  • the receiving status information of the first resource includes the first receiving beam
  • the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams, and the number of received first receiving beams and the receiving state information of the reference signal carried on each first resource include: receiving the first receiving beam number information K and the K reception status information; and / or
  • the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K
  • the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels of the plurality of antenna panels, as well as the number of received first reception beams and the number of each
  • the reception status information of the reference signals carried on the first resources includes: receiving K reception status information of the K antenna panels corresponding to the K reception beams.
  • the K reception beams correspond to K reception state information, and any two of the K reception state information of the K reception beams are The difference is less than or equal to the first threshold, and / or the difference between any two of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the first threshold; or
  • the ratio of any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to the second threshold, and / or any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels Is less than or equal to the second threshold; or
  • the difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information in the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to the third threshold, and / or the largest of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels.
  • the difference between the reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the K receiving states of the K receiving beams The difference between the reception status information of any one of the information and the reception status information of any one of the N reception beams except for the K reception beams is greater than the fourth threshold, and / or the K
  • the difference between the reception status information of any of the K reception status information of each antenna panel and the reception status information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels is greater than Four thresholds; or
  • the ratio of the reception status information of any one of the K reception status information of the K reception beams to the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than A fifth threshold, and / or any one of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels and any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels
  • the ratio of the received status information is greater than the fifth threshold; or
  • the difference between the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than The sixth threshold, and / or the maximum reception state information of the K reception state information of the K antenna panels and the maximum reception state information of any of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels;
  • the difference between the received status information is greater than the sixth threshold.
  • the communication unit is further configured to: send first reporting configuration information, where the first reporting configuration information is used to indicate information about reporting the number of the first receiving beam The number of bits is used to indicate the maximum value of the number of the first receiving beams to be reported, or the number of bits used to report the reception status information.
  • the communication unit is further configured to: receive the M Identification information of the at least one first resource in the first resource.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive first indication information, first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct reception of M first resources. Whether the receiving beam of the reference signal carried on the uplink can be used for uplink transmission at the same time.
  • the reception status information is any one of a reference signal received power RSRP or a signal noise to interference ratio SINR or a signal to noise ratio SNR or a reference signal received quality RSRQ .
  • the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
  • the antenna panel is in an activated state.
  • a transmission device including: a communication unit configured to receive a first message, the first message used to trigger a terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal; and a processing unit configured to generate downlink control information DCI, The DCI is used to instruct the terminal device to send a first uplink resource of the uplink reference signal; and the communication unit is further configured to send the DCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive a second message, where the second message is used to indicate the first uplink resource information and uplink beam information, and the first uplink resource information Including the number of first resources and the number of receive beams or corresponding antenna panels that receive the first resource, the first resource is a resource of a plurality of resources used to carry a downlink reference signal that meets a preset communication quality.
  • the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
  • the final first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
  • a communication device has a function of implementing a terminal device in the method design of the first aspect and the second aspect. These functions can be realized by hardware, and can also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • a communication device has a function of implementing a network device (for example, a base station) in the method design of the third aspect and the fourth aspect.
  • a network device for example, a base station
  • These functions can be realized by hardware, and can also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • a terminal device including a transceiver and a processor.
  • the terminal device further includes a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the terminal device executes the foregoing first aspect or any one of the first aspect.
  • a network device including a transceiver and a processor.
  • the network device further includes a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the terminal device executes the third aspect or any one of the third aspect.
  • a communication system includes the terminal device of the fifth aspect and the terminal device of the sixth aspect; or the system includes the network device of the seventh aspect and the network device of the eighth aspect.
  • a communication device may be a terminal device designed in the foregoing method, or a chip provided in the terminal device.
  • the communication device includes a processor coupled to the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, and the second aspect or any of the second aspect. The method performed by the terminal device in a possible implementation manner.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input / output interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input / output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input / output interface may be an input / output circuit.
  • a communication device may be a network device in the foregoing method design, or a chip provided in the network device.
  • the communication device includes a processor coupled to the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, and the fourth aspect or any of the fourth aspect. Method implemented by a network device in a possible implementation.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input / output interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input / output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input / output interface may be an input / output circuit.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code that, when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods in the above aspects.
  • a computer-readable medium stores program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the methods in the foregoing aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of downlink beam training according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of resource allocation.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example of uplink beam training according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic diagram of resource configuration according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic diagram of uplink beam training according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of uplink beam training according to another example of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of uplink beam training according to another example of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of an uplink non-codebook transmission process according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another uplink non-codebook transmission process according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of an uplink codebook transmission process according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an example of transmission resources and beams provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic interaction diagram of another transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of an example transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an example of a transmission device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • LTE time division duplex LTE time division duplex
  • 5G 5th generation
  • NR new wireless
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system in FIG. 1 may include at least one terminal device (for example, terminal device 10, terminal device 20, terminal device 30, terminal device 40, terminal device 50, and terminal device 60) and a network device 70.
  • the network device 70 is used to provide communication services for the terminal device and access the core network.
  • the terminal device can access the network by searching for synchronization signals, broadcast signals, and the like sent by the network device 70 to communicate with the network device.
  • the terminal device 10, the terminal device 20, the terminal device 30, the terminal device 40, and the terminal device 60 in FIG. 1 can perform uplink / downlink transmission directly with the network device 70.
  • the terminal device 40, the terminal device 50, and the terminal device 60 can also be regarded as a communication system, and the terminal device 60 can send scheduling information to the terminal device 40 and the terminal device 60.
  • the network device 70 is an access device in which the terminal device accesses the mobile communication system wirelessly.
  • the network device 700 may be: a base station, an evolved base station (eNB), a home base station, an access point (AP), a wireless relay node in a wireless fidelity (WIFI) system,
  • the wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc. may also be a gNB in an NR system, or it may be a component or a part of the equipment that constitutes a base station, such as A central unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU), or a baseband unit (BBU).
  • the network device may refer to the network device itself, or a chip applied to the network device to perform a wireless communication processing function. It should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, specific technologies and specific device forms adopted by the network device are not limited.
  • the terminal device in the mobile communication system 100 may also be referred to as a terminal device, a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal device (MT), and the like.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with a wireless transmitting and receiving function, or a virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR) ), Industrial control (industrial control), driverless (self driving), remote medical (remote medical), smart grid (grid), transportation safety (transportation safety), smart city (smart city) and smart home (smart home) ) And other scenarios.
  • the foregoing terminal devices and chips applicable to the foregoing terminal devices are collectively referred to as terminal devices. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the terminal device.
  • PDCCH Physical downlink control channel
  • the reference signal resources of the communication system can be divided into multiple orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDM) symbols from time, and can be divided into several subcarriers from the frequency.
  • the PDCCH in the downlink typically occupies the first two / three OFDM symbols in a subframe.
  • the PDCCH is used to carry downlink control information (DCI).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the DCI carries user equipment specific resource allocation, user equipment transmission scheme, and other control information specific to the user equipment or shared by the cell.
  • PUSCH Physical uplink shared channel
  • the PUSCH in the uplink is used to carry uplink transmission data.
  • a discrete Fourier transform spread OFDM (DFT-spread OFDM, DFT-S-OFDM) is used to generate a frequency domain signal.
  • the terminal device sends the SRS according to the sounding reference signal (SRS) resources configured by the network device, and the network device receives the SRS on the corresponding SRS resource for channel measurement, so that the network device can determine the quality of the uplink channel, and then can perform uplink Frequency selective scheduling (e.g., determining the bandwidth occupied by PUSCH transmissions).
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the network device configures the position of the time-frequency resource occupied by the SRS resource and the sending method used to send the SRS on the SRS resource through high-level signaling or medium access control-element (MAC-CE) signaling.
  • the high-level signaling may be radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) signaling).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the configuration information of each SRS resource includes at least the index number of the SRS resource, the time-frequency position information occupied by the SRS resource, the number of SRS ports, the time domain transmission type, the SRS transmission beam information, and the purpose of the SRS.
  • the resources occupied by sending the SRS can be determined according to the configuration parameters shown in Table 1.
  • the minimum detection bandwidth indicated by the SRS resource in the frequency domain is 4 PRBs, and the frequency hopping bandwidth of different SRS resources has an integer multiple relationship, and the frequency hopping pattern has a tree structure.
  • the time domain types of SRS resources configured in the time domain are periodic, semi-static, and aperiodic.
  • the periodic SRS resource configuration parameters include the SRS resource slot-level period (for example, 2ms, 5ms, 10ms) and the slot-level offset.
  • the terminal device uses the slot where the DCI is located as a reference and sends the SRS on the determined SRS resource according to a pre-configured slot offset. For example, if the DCI indicates in the slot and the pre-configured slot offset is k, the terminal device will send an SRS on the SRS resource of slot (n + k).
  • SRS resources are mainly used for: channel measurement for PUSCH transmission (codebook-based uplink transmission or non-codebook-based uplink transmission), antenna selection (terminal equipment uses different antennas to send different SRS), and for Uplink beam training (terminal equipment uses different transmit beams to send different SRS resources).
  • Multiple SRS resources with the same purpose can be configured in an SRS resource set.
  • the SRS resource set can include configuration information common to multiple SRS resources. For example, multiple SRS resources in one SRS resource set are used for uplink. Codebook transmission or uplink non-codebook transmission or used for beam training. You can also configure multiple SRS resources in an SRS resource set to be periodic or aperiodic. You can also configure multiple SRS resources in an SRS resource set to have The same number of ports, etc.
  • the downlink reference signal transmitted on multiple resources may be a channel state information reference signal (channel-information reference resource, CSI-RS), or a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB).
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • DMRS Modulation reference signal
  • the downlink reference signal is described by taking the CSI-RS as an example, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the CSI-RS is mainly used for a terminal device to determine downlink channel quality and report channel state information (channel state information).
  • the network device sends the CSI-RS on the CSI-RS resource, and the terminal device receives the CSI-RS on the corresponding CSI-RS resource to obtain the downlink channel according to the configuration parameters of the CSI-RS resource configured by the network device, and according to the specific algorithm and CSI
  • the reporting rule determines the CSI reported information based on the CSI-RS resource, and the network device receives the CSI reported information, so that the network device can perform selective downlink frequency scheduling based on the obtained channel information (for example, determine the bandwidth occupied by the scheduled PDSCH transmission) .
  • the network device indicates the configuration information of the CSI-RS resource through high-level signaling such as RRC signaling or MAC-CE signaling.
  • the configuration information of each CSI-RS resource includes at least the index number of the CSI-RS resource and the CSI-RS resource.
  • the CSI-RS resources may be configured in one CSI-RS resource set, or may be configured in different CSI-RS resource sets.
  • multiple CSI-RS resources used for beam training may be configured in one CSI-RS resource set.
  • the network device may also indicate the reporting information of the CSI report based on some CSI-RS resources (that is, the content of the CSI report and the CSI measurement method) through high-level signaling.
  • the CSI-RS is received on the resource to obtain channel information, and the CSI information is obtained based on the corresponding configuration parameter reported by the CSI and reported to the specific uplink resource.
  • the content of CSI includes channel quality indication (CQI), precoding matrix indication (PMI), CSI-RS resource indication (CRI), and synchronization signal block SSB indication (SSB source). At least one of indication (CRI), rank indication (RI), and reference signal received power (reference signal received power (RSRP)).
  • the reported CSI is divided into two types, one is reporting the number of downlink transmission layers and / or precoding matrix information used to characterize the downlink transmission, and the other is reporting the beam information of the downlink transmission.
  • the reporting form usually includes CRI, RI, and the reference signal received power RSRP corresponding to CRI, RI, signal noise interference ratio (SINR), and reference signal reception quality (reference signal). reception quality (RSRQ) or signal-to-noise ratio (SNR).
  • the time domain types for CSI-RS resource configuration and CSI report configuration are periodic, semi-static, and aperiodic.
  • the periodic CSI-RS resource configuration parameters and CSI report configuration parameters include the slot-level period and slot-level offset of the CSI-RS resource and uplink resources occupied by the CSI report.
  • the terminal device will configure the slot within a specific period according to the configuration.
  • the information receives the CSI-RS on the determined CSI-RS resources and sends CSI at the determined CSI reporting time; the aperiodic CSI-RS resource configuration parameters and CSI reporting configuration parameters do not include the slot-level period, and the base station will A DCI is sent in the slot.
  • the DCI is used to indicate and trigger CSI-RS resources and CSI reporting.
  • the terminal device will use the slot where the DCI is located as a reference and receive on the determined CSI-RS resource according to the pre-configured slot offset.
  • the CSI-RS reports CSI information on a certain uplink resource according to a pre-configured slot offset.
  • the slot offset of the CSI-RS resource is different from the slot offset reported by the CSI. For example, if the DCI indicates in the slot, the slot offset of the pre-configured CSI-RS is k1, and the slot offset of the pre-configured CSI report is k2.
  • the high-frequency band used by NR causes greater path loss.
  • a signal transmission mechanism based on beamforming technology is adopted to compensate for the loss in the signal transmission process through a larger antenna gain.
  • beamforming can be used to transmit reference signals, data channels, and control channels.
  • the signal is transmitted based on the beamforming technology, once the user sends a movement, there may be a problem that the direction of the shaped beam corresponding to the transmitted signal no longer matches the position of the user in the future, and thus the received signal is frequently interrupted.
  • a beam management process is introduced in the NR.
  • Both network equipment and terminal equipment may be provided with at least one antenna panel, and each antenna panel corresponds to a set of independent transmission links, including power amplifiers, radio frequency, etc., and each antenna panel can generate multiple analog beams through phase shifters, but Due to the working principle of the phase shifter, the analog beams produced by the same antenna panel cannot be used simultaneously, that is, multiple analog beams produced by one antenna panel can only be time-division multiplexed, and the independent analog beams produced by multiple antenna panels can be simultaneously Use, that is, multiple analog beams produced by multiple antenna panels can be frequency division multiplexed.
  • each antenna panel can further produce digital beams (for example, precoders or precoding matrices), and digital beams can be frequency division multiplexed, that is, each antenna panel containing multiple antennas Both can support multiple layers of data transmission.
  • Each layer of data transmission uses an orthogonal precoding matrix, and the data transmission of multiple layers uses the same analog beam.
  • a base station is used as a network device, and communication between the base station and a terminal device is taken as an example for description.
  • the communication process between the base station and the terminal equipment at the physical layer can be: determining the optimal transmit and receive beams, channel state measurement parameters, etc. through beam training.
  • the terminal equipment uses the beam receiving and transmission modes indicated by the base station (determined based on beam training). Receive data or control information.
  • the determination of the optimal transmit and receive beam through beam training may specifically be a reference signal (RS) sent by the base station for beam training.
  • the terminal device receives the RS used for beam training and performs signal quality measurement based on the RS.
  • the measurement requires the terminal device to report related information; the channel state measurement may specifically be an RS sent by the base station for channel measurement, and related information needs to be reported for downlink measurement.
  • RS reference signal
  • the communication process between the base station and the terminal device at the physical layer may be: determining the optimal transmit / receive beam through beam training, channel state measurement, and transmitting data or control information by the terminal device using the transmit beam and transmission mode indicated by the base station.
  • the determination of the optimal transmit and receive beam through beam training may specifically be the RS sent by the terminal device for beam training, and the base station receives the RS used for beam training and performs signal quality measurement based on the RS;
  • the channel state measurement may specifically be sent by the terminal device An RS for channel measurement and channel measurement based on the RS.
  • the above-mentioned transmission manner may include at least one of a modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), precoding, and the number of transmission layers.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • precoding precoding
  • Beam training is divided into uplink beam training and downlink beam training.
  • Downlink beam training is usually based on: the terminal device scans the receive beam and the base station scans the transmit beam to complete the training of the optimal transmit and receive beams.
  • the process of the base station scanning the transmit beam is to use different transmit beams to send multiple CSI-RS or multiple SSBs.
  • CSI-RS is taken as an example for detailed description.
  • the process of scanning the receiving beam by the terminal device is a process of receiving multiple CSI-RSs by using different receiving beams.
  • Figure 2 shows three types of training for the downlink beam. As shown in Figure 2, it specifically includes the following three cases:
  • the base station and the terminal device measure the transmit and receive beams simultaneously, that is, the base station sends multiple CSI-RSs using different transmit beams, and the terminal device receives the multiple CSI-RSs with different receive beams. This process usually requires the terminal The device reports the measurement results to enable the base station to obtain the optimal transmit beam information, that is, to report certain optimal transmit and receive beam pairs for subsequent follow-up by reporting some CSI-RS IDs and corresponding signal quality parameters (SINR and RSRP). PDSCH is sent.
  • the base station sends a fixed beam while the terminal device scans the receive beam, that is, the base station sends multiple CSI-RSs using the same transmit beam, and the terminal device receives the multiple CSI-RSs with different receive beams. This process usually does not require The terminal device reports the measurement result. At this time, it is usually assumed that the base station has determined the optimal transmission beam. The terminal device is required to determine the optimal reception beam based on the optimal transmission beam. When the subsequent base station uses the optimal transmission beam to transmit the PDSCH, the terminal device The PDSCH will be received using the optimal receiving beam obtained through training.
  • the base station scans the transmission beam while the terminal equipment measures the fixed reception beam and compares the signal quality of multiple transmission beams and reports the optimal beam information. That is, the base station uses different transmission beams to send multiple CSI-RSs.
  • the terminal equipment uses the same The receiving beam receives the multiple CSI-RSs. This process usually requires the terminal device to report the measurement results and report the CSI-RS corresponding to the optimal signal quality to its ID (in the form of CRI) so that the base station can obtain the optimal transmission beam information. .
  • the terminal device measures the multiple CSI-RSs sent by multiple beams, selects the better N beams among the multiple beams, and maps the better N beams to The CRI and corresponding measurement parameters are reported to the base station, and the base station can obtain the optimal transmission beam information to determine the subsequent transmission beam of the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device's measurement of multiple beams is to measure the CSI-RS used for beam management and obtain the corresponding RSRP / SINR information, which represents the signal reception quality corresponding to the current beam: the RSRP / SINR of a signal is When it is large, it means that the signal reception quality corresponding to the beam is better, and the terminal device selects N CSI-RSs with larger RSRP / SINR as the preferred beam to report to the ID of the corresponding CSI-RS resource of the base station. When the terminal device reports the CRI, it also needs to report the corresponding RSRP value.
  • the RSRP report value defined in the current protocol is 7 bits after quantizing the absolute RSRP value.
  • each bit value of 7 bits corresponds to the interval [- 140, -44] Decibel (referred to milliWatt, dBm) each step of 1dBm.
  • the base station configures the CSI-RS ID corresponding to the optimal transmit / receive beam for PDSCH transmission and notifies the terminal device.
  • the terminal device uses the receive beam corresponding to the CSI-RS.
  • Figure 4 shows the three types of uplink beam training. As shown in Figure 4, it specifically includes the following three cases:
  • the base station and the terminal device measure the transmit and receive beams simultaneously, that is, the terminal device sends multiple SRSs using different transmit beams, and the base station receives the multiple SRSs using different receive beams, and the base station receives the signal quality of the multiple SRSs.
  • the optimal transmit and receive beams for uplink transmission can be determined, so this process usually does not require the terminal device to report the measurement results.
  • the base station can directly configure the SRS ID corresponding to the optimal transmit and receive beam to the SRS (for uplink codebook and non-codebook transmission) and PUSCH and notify the terminal device of the corresponding configuration, so that the terminal device can use the base station when sending subsequent SRS or PUSCH. Determine the optimal transmit beam.
  • the base station fixedly receives the beam while the terminal device scans the transmit beam, that is, the terminal device sends multiple SRSs using the same transmit beam, and the base station receives the multiple SRSs using different receive beams.
  • This process usually does not require the terminal device to report measurements
  • the base station can determine the optimal transmit and receive beams for uplink transmission based on the signal quality comparison of the received multiple SRSs, so this process usually does not require the terminal device to report the measurement results.
  • the base station can directly configure the SRS ID corresponding to the optimal transmit and receive beam to the SRS (for uplink codebook and non-codebook transmission) and PUSCH and notify the terminal device of the corresponding configuration, so that the terminal device can use the base station when sending subsequent SRS or PUSCH. Determine the optimal transmit beam.
  • the terminal device needs to send SRS on multiple SRS resource sets to perform transmission beam training on multiple antenna panels.
  • the base station scans the receiving beam while the terminal equipment fixes the transmitting beam.
  • the base station measures the SRS and compares the signal quality of multiple receiving beams.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device transmits uplink data and reference signals, it needs to determine the uplink data and reference signal transmission beam information according to the beam information indicated by the base station, so that the base station can receive the data and reference signals with a matching receiving beam and ensure uplink The transmission uses a better beam.
  • the beam information indicated by the base station notifies the terminal device of a transmission beam used for uplink transmission in the form of an SRS (for beam training) ID.
  • the base station is configured with two SRS resource sets, namely SRS resource set 0 and SRS resource set 1.
  • Each SRS resource set includes four 1-port SRS resources, and each SRS is transmitted using one beam ( Each circle in the figure represents a beam).
  • the base station receives the SRS and determines through measurement that the beam corresponding to SRS 0 is the optimal transmit / receive beam, and configures the beam to the SRS for channel measurement.
  • the terminal device sends the SRS using the transmission beam corresponding to SRS 0.
  • the measurement determines the PUSCH transmission mode, for example, the TPMI is instructed to the terminal device, and the terminal device sends the PUSCH based on the transmission beam used by the SRS 0 and the TPMI.
  • the base station configures two SRS resource sets, namely SRS resource set 0 and SRS resource set 1.
  • Each SRS resource set includes four 1-port SRS resources, and each SRS is transmitted using one beam. .
  • the base station receives the SRS and determines through measurement that the beam corresponding to SRS 0 and the beam corresponding to SRS 4 are optimal transmit and receive beams.
  • the two beams are allocated to the SRS for channel measurement, and the terminal equipment uses SRS 0 and SRS 4 corresponding.
  • the transmission beam transmits the SRS, and the base station determines the PUSCH transmission method based on the measurement of the SRS, for example, the TPMI indicates to the terminal device, and the terminal device uses the transmission beam adopted by the SRS 0 to be the optimal method for transmitting the PUSCH.
  • the current standard also supports the use of time division duplexing (TDD) scenarios (that is, uplink and downlink transmissions use the same frequency resources through time division multiplexing, and TDD systems usually have channel reciprocity characteristics).
  • TDD time division duplexing
  • the optimal receiving beam obtained through training can be used as the optimal transmitting beam for uplink transmission. This method is based on the assumption of beam consistency. If the beam consistency assumption of the terminal equipment is established, it indicates that the uplink transmitting antenna and the downlink receiving antenna of the terminal equipment have been calibrated. At this time, if the channel reciprocity is established, the better beam used by the terminal equipment for uplink transmission can pass directly. The better beams for downlink reception are obtained, and the better beams used by the terminal device for downlink reception can also be obtained directly from the better beams sent by the uplink device.
  • the process of uplink beam training can be omitted, and the uplink beam information can be determined directly based on the results of the downlink beam training process to reduce the resource overhead and transmission caused by uplink beam training. Increased delay.
  • the receiving and transmitting beam corresponding to CSI-RS0 is the optimal beam, and it is configured to the SRS.
  • the transmitting beam sent by the terminal device using the SRS is the receiving beam corresponding to CSI-RS0 (beam mutual Easy) and perform subsequent PUSCH transmission.
  • FIG. 7 in the downlink beam training, it is determined that the receiving and transmitting beam corresponding to CSI-RS0 is the optimal beam, and it is configured to the SRS.
  • the transmitting beam sent by the terminal device using the SRS is the receiving beam corresponding to CSI-RS0 (beam mutual Easy) and perform subsequent PUSCH transmission.
  • the receiving and transmitting beams corresponding to CSI-RS 0 and CSI-RS 4 are optimal beams, and are configured for the SRS.
  • Receive beam corresponding to CSI-RS 4 (beam reciprocity).
  • the terminal equipment sends the SRS using the transmission beams corresponding to SRS0 and SRS4, and the base station then determines the PUSCH transmission method based on the measurement of the SRS.
  • the TPMI indicates to the terminal equipment.
  • the transmission beam used by the terminal equipment based on SRS0 is the best. Method for sending PUSCH.
  • the description method that can be adopted for the uplink transmit and receive beams is spatial filtering parameter information, and the description mode that is used for the downlink transmit and receive beams is spatial co-location (spatial, QCL).
  • the beam measurement is based on the measurement of the reference signal, that is, multiple RS resources are configured during the beam training process. Each RS resource uses different transmit and receive beams to transmit RSs.
  • the terminal device is measured.
  • the CSI-RS resources used for beam training report the CSI-RS resource index number (for example, the CSI-RS resource indication CRI) corresponding to the optimal receiving beam.
  • the base station measures the SRS resources used for uplink beam training, and then indicates the SRS resource index number corresponding to the optimal transmit and receive beam.
  • the transmission beam of the SRS resource used for channel measurement is determined through spatial information.
  • This parameter indicates an index of a reference signal, and the type of the reference signal includes SRS, CSI-RS, and so on.
  • the high-level parameter is configured as the SRS resource index value
  • the spatial filtering information for sending SRS on the SRS resource used for channel measurement is the same as the transmission beam used for sending SRS on the SRS resource used for beam training; when the high-level parameter is configured as CSI
  • the spatial filtering information of the SRS transmitted on the SRS resource used for channel measurement is the same as the received beam used to receive the CSI-RS on the CSI-RS resource used for beam training.
  • the terminal device can infer the transmission beam information of the SRS according to the high-level parameters.
  • the antenna panel of the terminal device can be implicitly defined through the SRS resource configuration.
  • the base station can configure multiple SRS resource sets, and the SRSs in each SRS resource set cannot be sent simultaneously and different SRS resource sets. All SRS in the device can be sent at the same time, which means that each SRS resource set corresponds to an antenna panel of a terminal device, and different SRS resources in each SRS resource set correspond to different transmission beams of an antenna panel of a terminal device. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the base station is configured with two SRS resource sets, where SRS resource set 0 corresponds to one antenna panel of the terminal device, SRS resource set 1 corresponds to another antenna panel of the terminal device, and each SRS resource in the two resource sets
  • SRS resource set 0 corresponds to one antenna panel of the terminal device
  • SRS resource set 1 corresponds to another antenna panel of the terminal device
  • the SRS transmitted on the uplink may correspond to different / same terminal equipment transmitting beams.
  • the receiving beam and the antenna panel can also be embodied in a similar manner, that is, the index value of the receiving beam or the antenna panel is characterized based on the index value of the reference signal resource or the reference signal resource set, and based on the reference signal resource or the reference signal resource set.
  • the number represents the number of receive beams or antenna panels.
  • the transmission mode of the uplink data channel PUSCH includes a non-codebook-based transmission mode.
  • This transmission mode is mainly used in the TDD system, that is, the terminal device can directly derive the uplink channel information through the downlink channel information, or the base station can directly obtain the uplink channel information through the uplink channel information.
  • Downlink channel information For example, a terminal device obtains a downlink channel covariance matrix H through a CSI-RS, and a matrix H 'after performing a conjugate transpose operation on H is an uplink channel covariance matrix.
  • the base station For non-codebook-based uplink transmission, the base station first indicates the SRS resource configuration information and the CSI-RS resource configuration information associated with the SRS through RRC signaling.
  • the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes the port of the resource, Time-frequency resources occupied, etc.
  • the base station sends the CSI-RS on the corresponding time-frequency resource, and the terminal device receives the CSI-RS on the corresponding time-frequency resource and obtains the candidate precoding matrix based on the channel reciprocity assumption and its own algorithm, and then on the corresponding SRS resource
  • the SRS that has passed the candidate precoding is sent, and the base station receives and measures the weighted SRS on the corresponding SRS time-frequency resources to obtain uplink channel information.
  • the base station uses its own implementation algorithm to determine the time-frequency resources and transmission scheme used to schedule the terminal device to send the PUSCH, and indicates this information to the terminal device through the DCI signaling carried in the PDCCH for uplink scheduling.
  • the transmission scheme includes at least beam information used by the terminal device to send the PUSCH, SRS resource selection indicator (SRI), modulation and coding scheme (MCS), and antenna port indication information.
  • SRI SRS resource selection indicator
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • antenna port indication information After receiving the DCI for scheduling the PUSCH transmission, the terminal device performs PUSCH transmission according to the time-frequency resources and the sending scheme indicated in the DCI.
  • the SRS transmitted on each SRS resource corresponds to a precoding matrix. Generally, each SRS resource is a virtual port.
  • the number of SRS resources configured by high-level signaling indicates the maximum number of layers that can be supported by PUSCH transmission.
  • the terminal device needs to send the DM-RS associated with the PUSCH while transmitting the PUSCH, and the base station performs channel estimation and demodulates the corresponding PUSCH through the DM-RS.
  • the DM-RS ports correspond one-to-one with the SRS resources indicated by the SRI.
  • the role of the SRI is to instruct the terminal device to perform phase weighting between the transmitting antennas used for transmitting the PUSCH according to the same phase weighting operation between the transmitting antennas transmitting the SRS indicated by the SRI, and at the same time indicate the number of transmission layers of the PUSCH.
  • the precoding matrices on four single-port SRS resources are: [1 0 0 0], [0 1 0 0], [0 0 1 0], [0 0 0 1]
  • the SRI field indicates "0100”
  • the index value corresponding to the SRI field 7
  • the SRS resource numbers 1 and 2 are indicated
  • the PUSCH transmission uses 2 layers, and the precoding matrix of each layer is [0 1 0 0] and [0 0 1 0].
  • the uplink non-codebook transmission process combining beam management (BM) is shown in FIG. 9.
  • the base station configures multiple CSI-RS resources, such as CSI-RS 0 to CSI-RS 7 in the figure.
  • Each CSI-RS resource corresponds to a set of transmitting and receiving beams and the antenna panel of the terminal device.
  • CSI-RS 0-3 corresponds to the antenna panel 1 of the terminal device and the receiving beam generated by the antenna panel 1
  • CSI-RS 4-7 corresponds to the terminal.
  • the terminal equipment reports the CSI-RS resource indexes corresponding to the two optimal transmit and receive beams based on the CSI-RS 0-7 measurements, which are 0 and 4, which means that CSI-RS 0 and CSI-RS 4 are the optimal transmit and receive beam pairs. .
  • the base station configures 4 SRS resources for uplink transmission channel measurement.
  • the spatial filtering information of SRS0-1 is associated with CSI-RS0
  • the spatial filtering information of SRS2-3 is associated with CSI-RS4, that is, the terminal device sends
  • the four SRSs use the receiving beams of CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS4, respectively.
  • CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS4 may correspond to the receiving beams of different terminal equipment antenna panels.
  • the terminal device will use different precoder (digital precoding) schemes on SRS0 and SRS1.
  • the precoding matrix is obtained by weighting the antennas in the antenna panel 1 of the terminal device.
  • SRS 2 and SRS 3 also use different precoding matrix (digital precoding) schemes, which are obtained by antenna weighting in the antenna panel 2 of the terminal device.
  • the base station may instruct the SRI to select one or more SRS resources, and then the antenna panel, transmission beam, and precoding matrix used for PUSCH transmission are consistent with the SRS resources selected by the SRI.
  • antenna panel 1 is used for PUSCH transmission.
  • antenna panel 1 and antenna panel 2 are used for PUSCH transmission.
  • the configuration manner of the CSI-RS resource and the SRS resource shown in FIG. 9 is only an example, and may also include more different resource configuration manners, which is not limited in this application.
  • SRS 0 in FIG. 9 can be configured as the index value of CSI-RS 0.
  • SRS 2 can be configured as the index value of CSI-RS 4.
  • the terminal equipment reports the RSRP / SINR corresponding to the CSI-RS resource with the highest RSRP / SINR during the beam training process, the terminal equipment antenna panel information is not carried, so the base station does not know whether the receiving beam corresponding to the 2 CSI-RSs is 2 terminals.
  • the device antenna panel that is, the base station does not know that the two beams 0 and 4 receiving the CSI-RS are two antenna panels corresponding to the terminal device, or one antenna panel corresponding to the terminal device. Then, the base station configures two SRS resources for the terminal device. When the two beams 0 and 4 receiving the CSI-RS are one antenna panel corresponding to the terminal device, the two SRS resources configured by the base station for the terminal device can only be time-division-multiplexed. (TDD), in addition, the base station does not know whether the antennas corresponding to the two SRS resources can be used for PUSCH transmission at the same time.
  • TDD time-division-multiplexed.
  • the two SRS resources can be configured as frequency division multiplexing (FDD) and the base station can simultaneously select two SRS resources for uplink. Indicates the transmission mode of the transmission.
  • FDD frequency division multiplexing
  • a terminal device when a terminal device receives a CSI-RS resource configured by spatial Relation Info, it may use two receiving beams corresponding to the two antenna panels of the terminal device, as shown in the first step of the downlink beam training process in FIG. , CSI-RS 0 is received through beams 1 and 3 of the terminal device, and beam 1 and beam 3 correspond to the 2 antenna panels of the terminal device; CSI-RS 1 is received through beams 2 and 4 of the terminal device, and beam 2 and beam 4 It also supports 2 different antenna panels for terminal equipment. Based on the obtained RSRP information corresponding to the CSI-RS, the base station does not know whether the terminal device uses one antenna panel or two antenna panels to receive the CSI-RS and obtains the RSRP information.
  • the base station not only does not know whether the two SRS resources can be configured to occupy the same OFDM symbol, that is, the FDD mode, and when the RSRPs of the two CSI-RSs received by the two antenna panels are comparable, the base station expects the spatial relationship in the two SRS resource configuration parameters. Info is configured as the CSI-RS resource. In this way, the optimal PUSCH transmit beam can be further selected through SRS measurement. If the SpatialRelation parameter of only one SRS resource is configured as the CSI-RS resource, the terminal device needs to use two The antenna beam corresponding to each antenna panel transmits the SRS, and then different SRS ports correspond to different antenna panels. However, the antennas in different antenna panels are not phase-calibrated.
  • the SRS is instructed by the base station as a precoding reference method for PUSCH, transmitting the same data stream with an uncalibrated antenna will cause precoding made between ports when the PUSCH is actually transmitted. Indicated precoding, which has a huge impact on performance.
  • Both the base station and the terminal device store the codebook for uplink transmission according to the protocol, and each codeword is arranged according to the increasing order of the precoding indicator (transmission, precoding, matrix, and indicator) from the left to the right in the table, as shown in Table 3.
  • the codebook contains three sets of codewords corresponding to the coherence capability:
  • Partial-coherent capability which indicates that the pair of transmit antenna pairs of the terminal device has completed phase calibration and phase weighting can be performed, while the phase alignment between the pair of transmit antenna pairs of the terminal device is not completed and phase cannot be performed
  • Weighting that is, the two terminal equipment antennas that have been calibrated can send the same data layer.
  • the TPMI index values in Table 3 are 4-11.
  • Non-coherent capability indicating that phase calibration is not completed between all transmitting antennas of the terminal equipment, and no phase weighting can be used to send the same data layer, that is, for the same layer of data, only one Antenna transmission.
  • the TPMI index value in Table 3 is 0-3.
  • the terminal device sends an SRS signal on the corresponding uplink time-frequency resource according to the SRS configuration parameter, and the base station receives and measures the SRS on the corresponding SRS time-frequency resource to obtain uplink channel information.
  • the base station determines the time-frequency resource and transmission scheme used to schedule the terminal device to send the PUSCH through its own implementation algorithm, and indicates this information to the terminal device through the DCI signaling carried in the uplink PDCCH for scheduling.
  • the transmission scheme includes at least beam information, SRI, transmission rank indicator (TRI), TPMI, modulation and coding scheme (MCS) used by the terminal device to send the PUSCH.
  • the role of TPMI is to instruct the terminal equipment to perform phase weighting between the transmitting antennas; when the number of SRS resources used for codebook transmission is greater than 1, the SRI field appears, and its role is also the selection of SRS resources, but it is not the same as the uplink non-codebook
  • the transmission mechanism is not the same: SRS resources based on codebook transmission have more than 1 port, and usually the SRS port corresponds to the physical antenna port of the terminal device one by one, then the role of SRI is to select the antenna panel and antenna panel of the terminal device
  • the corresponding transmission beam that is, each SRS resource corresponds to an antenna panel of a terminal device and corresponding beam indication information (the high-level parameter in the protocol is: spatialRelationInfo).
  • the terminal device transmits the PUSCH according to the time-frequency resources and the transmission scheme indicated in the DCI.
  • the base station is configured with multiple CSI-RS resources, and each CSI-RS resource corresponds to a set of transmitting and receiving beams and an antenna panel of a terminal device.
  • CSI-RS resources 0-3 correspond to the antenna panel 1 of the terminal device and the reception generated by the antenna panel 1.
  • Beam, CSI-RS resources 4-7 correspond to antenna panel 2 of the terminal device and the receiving beam generated by the antenna panel 2, and the terminal device reports the CSI-RS corresponding to the two optimal transmit and receive beams based on the CSI-RS measurement 0-7
  • the indexes are 0 and 4.
  • the base station configures two SRSs for uplink transmission channel measurement, and the spatial filtering information of the two SRSs is associated with CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS4 respectively, that is, the terminal equipment sends the two SRSs using CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS, respectively.
  • the receiving beams of RS4, CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS4 may correspond to the receiving beams of different terminal equipment antenna panels.
  • the base station may instruct the SRI to select one of the SRS resources, and then the antenna panel and transmission beam used for PUSCH transmission are consistent with the SRS resources selected by the SRI.
  • the base station may further instruct TPMI, and the weighting vector acts on the antenna included in the antenna panel of the terminal device corresponding to the selected SRS resource.
  • the base station may instruct the SRI to select two SRS resources, and then two antenna panels and corresponding transmission beams are used for PUSCH transmission.
  • the base station may further indicate two TPMIs for the two antenna panels, and each weight vector acts on the antenna included in the antenna panel of the terminal device corresponding to the SRS resource.
  • the configuration manner of the CSI-RS resource and the SRS resource shown in FIG. 11 is only an example, and may also include more different resource configuration manners, which is not limited in this application.
  • SRS 0 in FIG. 11 can be configured as the index value of CSI-RS
  • SRS 1 can be configured as the index value of CSI-RS 4.
  • the terminal equipment reports the RSRP / SINR corresponding to the CSI-RS resource with the highest RSRP / SINR during the beam training, the terminal equipment antenna panel information is not carried, so the base station does not know whether the receiving beam corresponding to the two CSI-RSs is the terminal equipment.
  • Two antenna panels that is, the two beams 0 and 4 that the base station does not know to receive the CSI-RS are two antenna panels corresponding to the terminal device, or one antenna panel corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the two SRS resources can only be time-division multiplexed, and the base station does not know whether the antennas corresponding to the two SRS resources can be used for PUSCH transmission at the same time.
  • two SRS resources can be configured as frequency division multiplexing and the base station can simultaneously select two SRS resources for a transmission mode indication of uplink transmission.
  • a terminal device when receiving a CSI-RS configured by spatial Relation Info, may use two receive beams corresponding to the two antenna panels of the terminal device.
  • the RSRP information is not clear whether the terminal device uses one antenna panel or two antenna panels to receive the CSI-RS and obtain the RSRP information. So the base station not only does not know whether the two SRSs can be configured to occupy the same OFDM symbols, and when the RSRPs of the two CSI-RSs received by the two antenna panels are equivalent, the base station expects that the spatial relation info in the two SRS resource configuration parameters is configured as this.
  • CSI-RS resources so that the optimal PUSCH transmission beam can be further selected through SRS measurement.
  • the terminal device needs to use two antenna panels correspondingly.
  • the transmitting beam transmits the SRS, and different SRS ports correspond to different antenna panels.
  • the base station cannot indicate a completely coherent codeword for phase weighting of the antennas in different antenna panels.
  • CSI-RS0 and 1 correspond to the beams of the two antenna panels (the calculated RSRP is determined by the two antenna panels when the terminal device reports CSI-RS 0 and 1) and are allocated to two
  • SRS port 0 uses antenna panel 1
  • SRS port 1 uses antenna panel 2.
  • the base station can clearly know the terminal The device is used to receive the number of antenna panels corresponding to the receiving beams of all CSI-RS resources sent by the base station.
  • the terminal device reports the RSRP corresponding to the CSI-RS resource with the highest RSRP, it does not carry the antenna panel corresponding to the search beam of the terminal device Information, causing the base station to fail to know the number of receiving beams corresponding to each CSI-RS resource, and the receiving beams correspond to several antenna panels of the terminal device.
  • the base station configures the SRS resources for the terminal device, it cannot be determined whether the configured multiple SRS resources can be in a frequency division multiplexing (FDD) mode, and the base station cannot determine whether the antennas corresponding to the multiple SRS resources can be used for uplink at the same time. transmission.
  • FDD frequency division multiplexing
  • the process of configuring SRS resources for actual line transmission will be affected by differences in the precoding matrix. Transmission performance between base station and terminal equipment.
  • this application will provide a transmission method in which the terminal device informs the base station of the corresponding relationship between the receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS and the antenna panel of the terminal device, so as to determine the time-frequency resource locations and SRS resources where multiple SRS resources are configured.
  • the number of devices and the corresponding method for transmitting SRS by the terminal equipment so as to ensure that the terminal equipment uses the correct transmission beam to transmit the SRS or perform uplink transmission, and the base station can use the corresponding receiving beam to receive the SRS and the data or signal transmitted in the uplink to improve transmission performance.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example transmission method 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application. Each step of the method 1200 is described in detail below.
  • the terminal device and the base station are used as the execution subjects of the execution method 1200, and the method 1200 is described.
  • the execution body of the execution method 1200 may also be a chip applied to a terminal device and a chip applied to a base station.
  • the base station sends a reference signal to the terminal device on multiple resources.
  • the downlink reference signal sent by the base station to the terminal device may be a CSI-RS, an SSB, or a DMRS.
  • the downlink reference signal is described by taking the CSI-RS as an example. It should be understood that other downlink reference signals are also applicable to the transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device receives the reference signal through multiple receiving beams, and measures the reference signals corresponding to the received multiple resources to determine the receiving status information of each resource, where each resource corresponds to at least one receiving beam.
  • the terminal device determines at least one first resource from the multiple resources according to the receiving status information of each resource, where the first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam, the first receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam, and the first A resource is a resource of which the communication quality satisfies a preset condition.
  • the reference signal resource that the terminal device determines from the multiple reference signal resources configured by the base station through high-level signaling to determine that the reception status information meets a preset condition is the first resource, which can be understood as The first resource is already the resource with the best transmission quality determined by the terminal device, and there may be one or more first resources.
  • the reception status information of the reference signal resource in the embodiments of the present application may refer to a quantized value of the reception status information.
  • the measurement parameters of the reference signal resource are used to indicate the reception status information, and the terminal device measures the reference signals received on the received multiple reference signal resources to obtain the measurement parameters of the reference signal resource.
  • the preset condition here may be that the terminal device determines that the measurement parameter is greater than or equal to a preset threshold according to the measurement parameter of the reference signal resource, and determines such a reference signal resource as a resource with the best transmission quality or a resource with the best reception status. .
  • a reference signal resource whose quantization value of the reception status information is greater than or equal to a preset threshold is determined as the first resource, or for multiple reference signal resources, the terminal device maximizes the quantization value of the reception status information.
  • a certain or the largest first plurality of reference signal resources are determined as the first resources, and the number of the first resources with the best transmission quality is not limited in this application.
  • the reception status information in this application may characterize the signal reception quality or communication quality of the receiving beam or antenna panel used by the terminal device to receive the reference signal, or the channel transmission quality of the received reference signal. Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, any one of the received signal RSRP or signal-to-noise-interference ratio SINR or signal-to-noise ratio SNR or reference signal received quality RSRQ may be used as the reception status information.
  • the reception status information usually reflects Is the quantized value.
  • the downlink reference signal transmitted on multiple resources may be a CSI-RS, a synchronization signal block SSB, or a demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal (DMRS)).
  • CSI-RS demodulation reference signal
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the downlink reference signal is described by taking CSI-RS as an example, that is, the optimal CSI-RS resource introduced in this application is the optimal first resource.
  • the terminal device The reported CSI-RS resource has the same meaning as the first resource and can be used interchangeably.
  • the first resource refers to a resource that the terminal device has determined from multiple resources to have the best communication quality
  • a receiving beam used to receive a reference signal on the first resource is referred to as a first receiving Beam
  • the first receiving beam may include one receiving beam corresponding to one antenna panel, or N receiving beams corresponding to N antenna panels.
  • the number of first resources may be one or more.
  • a terminal device when a terminal device actually receives a CSI-RS carried on the first resource, it uses N receive beams or N antennas. panel.
  • the N receiving beams corresponding to the first resource may form the first receiving beam, that is, the quantity information of the N receiving beams is reported to the base station by the terminal device; K beams with better signal reception quality are selected, then the first receive beam corresponding to the CSI-RS resource is composed of the K receive beams, that is, the number of the K beams is reported to the base station by the terminal device , K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and N is a positive integer greater than or equal to K.
  • the receiving status information in this application may represent a signal receiving quality or a communication quality of a receiving beam or an antenna panel used by a terminal device to receive a reference signal, or a channel transmission quality of a receiving reference signal.
  • any one of the received signal RSRP or signal-to-noise-interference ratio SINR or signal-to-noise ratio SNR or reference signal received quality RSRQ may be used as the reception status information.
  • the reception status information usually reflects Is the quantized value.
  • the measurement information is also used to indicate the reception status information.
  • the following description mainly uses the reception status information as a reference signal and the received power RSRP as an example.
  • this application includes but does not include Not limited to this.
  • the first resource refers to a terminal device that has determined a resource with better communication quality from multiple resources
  • the receiving beam of the first resource is referred to as a first receiving beam.
  • the first receiving beam may be one beam including one antenna panel, or N beams of N antenna panels.
  • the base station sends downlink reference signals CSI-RS through eight reference signal resources CSI-RS 0-7, and each CSI-RS resource corresponds to a transmission beam of a base station and a terminal device. Receive beam.
  • the terminal device receives the CSI-RS resource, it determines the reception status information of the received CSI-RS resource.
  • the measurement parameters of the reference signal resource are used to indicate the reception status information, that is, for each CSI-RS resource, the terminal device can obtain a measurement parameter (an example of the foregoing reception status information).
  • the measurement parameter is used to indicate the reception quality, communication quality of the corresponding CSI-RS resource, or the channel transmission quality of the received reference signal.
  • the terminal device obtains eight measurement parameters or quantized values of the measurement parameters for the eight reference signal resources CSI-RS 0-7, and determines at least one optimal first resource based on the obtained eight measurement parameters or quantized values of the measurement parameters.
  • the largest one of the quantized values of the eight measurement parameters is CSI-RS0, which is the resource with the best communication quality for downlink transmission.
  • the transmission beam of the base station and the receiving beam of the terminal device corresponding to CSI-RS0 are the optimal transmission and reception. Beam; or, the terminal device uses the largest first of the eight quantized values of the measurement parameters as the resources with the best communication quality for downlink transmission, such as CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS4 in FIG.
  • the transmission beams of the base station and the reception beams of the terminal equipment corresponding to CSI-RS 0 and CSI-RS 4 are respectively used as the optimal transmission and reception beams.
  • the number of first resources to be reported is determined according to the reporting parameters configured by the base station, and the base station can configure the number of resources that the terminal device needs to report through the reporting parameters. It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the number of optimal resources determined by the terminal device is not limited.
  • the number information of the first receiving beams is K, and the receiving state information of the first resource is determined according to the receiving state information of the K receiving beams in the first receiving beam; or used for receiving the reference signal
  • the number of antenna panels is K, and the reception status information of the first resource is determined according to the reception status information of the K antenna panels, and K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the measurement information of the one CSI-RS resource is determined by the sum of the K measurement information of the K received beams; and / or the The receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to the K antenna panels of the terminal device.
  • the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is determined by the sum of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels.
  • the measurement information of the one CSI-RS resource is calculated by averaging the K measurement information of the K reception beams. Determined by the method; and / or the receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to K antenna panels of the terminal device beam, and the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is an average of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels The method of operation is determined.
  • the foregoing types are based on the same K receiving beams according to the K receiving beams corresponding to the number K of the first resources reported to the base station by the terminal device and determining the receiving status information of the first resources.
  • the configuration diagram between the three CSI-RS resources and the receiving beam or antenna panel of the terminal device is shown in FIG. 13.
  • the solid beam shows the receiving beam or antenna panel configuration of CSI-RS 0
  • the dotted line shows the receiving beam or antenna panel configuration of CSI-RS 1.
  • the CSI-RS 0 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 1 and antenna panel 1 of the terminal device
  • the CSI-RS 1 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 2 and antenna panel 1 of the terminal device, that is, the two CSI-RS resources in case (1) correspond to the same antenna Two different beams of the panel.
  • the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is determined by the terminal device according to a receiving beam used by the CSI-RS receiving the resource.
  • the CSI-RS 0 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 1 and antenna panel 1 of the terminal device
  • the CSI-RS 1 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 4 and antenna panel 2 of the terminal device, that is, the two CSI-RS resources in case (2) correspond to two different Two different beams of the antenna panel.
  • the situation of this receiving mode is similar to the above situation (1).
  • the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is determined by the terminal device according to a receiving beam used by the CSI-RS receiving the resource.
  • the CSI-RS0 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 1 of the antenna panel 1 and the receiving beam 3 of the antenna panel 2 and the CSI-RS 1 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 2 and the receiving beam 4 of the antenna panel 1 of the terminal device. That is, each of the two CSI-RS resources in case (3) corresponds to two different beams of two different antenna panels.
  • the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is determined by the terminal device according to the K measurement information corresponding to each of the K receiving beams receiving the resource.
  • the measurement information included in the measurement information of the CSI-RS 0 resource is the measurement parameter of the reference signal carried on the CSI-RS resource received by the beam 1 of the antenna panel 1 and the CSI-RS resource received by the beam 3 of the antenna panel 2 It is obtained by summing the measurement parameters of the reference signals carried on the radio.
  • the measurement information of the CSI-RS resources is subjected to quantization processing before being reported.
  • the process of quantization processing may be after the summation, or the measurement parameters determined by each received beam may be quantized and then summed up.
  • the application does not limit the sequence of the quantization process of the measurement parameters.
  • the terminal device sends information about the quantity of the first receiving beam and receiving state information of the first resource.
  • the base station determines the first receiving beam and the first resource.
  • the terminal device determines at least one first resource with optimal communication quality, beam information corresponding to each first resource, and measurement information of each first resource, and then the terminal device may The beam information corresponding to the resource and the measurement information of each first resource are sent to the base station.
  • the terminal device may further send identification information of the first resource, and the identification information of the first resource may be carried in the same message as the quantity information of the first received beam and measurement information of the first resource.
  • the base station configures a terminal device with a CSI-RS resource for downlink beam training through high-level signaling
  • the base station configures the terminal device to report information to the first receiving beam corresponding to one CSI-RS resource through high-level signaling.
  • the terminal device does not need to report the identification information of the resource.
  • the base station configures multiple CSI-RS resources for the terminal device through high-level signaling
  • the base station configures the terminal device to report information through high-level signaling as the number of first receiving beams corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources and corresponding
  • the terminal device does not need to report the identification information of the resources, and only reports the number information of the first receiving beams corresponding to each resource and the corresponding receiving status information.
  • the terminal device when the base station configures multiple CSI-RS resources for the terminal device, and the base station configures the terminal device to report information to the number of first receiving beams corresponding to some CSI-RS resources in the multiple CSI-RS resources through high-level signaling Information and corresponding reception status information, the terminal device will select a part of the CSI-RS resource with better communication quality from multiple resources.
  • the terminal device needs to report the identification information of the part of the CSI-RS resource, and the part of the CSI-RS resource It should be understood that this is the first resource in the present application, that is, the terminal device sends identification information of the first resource, information about the number of received beams corresponding to the first resource, and measurement information of each first resource to the base station.
  • the number information of the first reception beams includes the number information of the reception beams included in the first reception beam or the identification information of the reception beams included in the first reception beam, or the number information of the first reception beams. This includes the number or identification of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal.
  • each of the receiving beams of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to a different antenna panel of the terminal device. It can be understood that for the same CSI-RS resource, only one antenna panel There is a receive beam. If the receiving beam of a CSI-RS resource includes N beams, the N beams must correspond to N antenna panels.
  • a receiving beam of a CSI-RS resource includes N beams, and the number of beams reported by the terminal device is K.
  • the K is determined. Is 1; when the first receiving beam includes multiple receiving beams or multiple antenna panels corresponding to a terminal device, determine the value of K according to measurement information of the multiple receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, or according to the first The measurement information of the plurality of antenna panels of the receiving beam corresponding to the terminal device determines the value of K.
  • both the case (1) and the case (2) one CSI-RS resource corresponds to one receiving beam, and if the terminal device determines the CSI-RS0 resource as the first resource, the terminal device can report to the base station The number of receiving beams is 1, or the number of receiving antenna panels is 1.
  • one CSI-RS resource corresponds to two receiving beams. If the terminal device determines the CSI-RS0 resource as the first resource, the terminal device can report the number of receiving beams 2 to the base station, or the receiving antenna. The number of panels is two.
  • a receiving beam of a CSI-RS resource includes multiple beams or multiple antenna panels corresponding to a terminal device
  • the K receiving beams satisfy the following three At least one of these situations:
  • the difference between any two of the K measurement information of the K received beams is less than or equal to the first threshold, and / or any two of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels The difference is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the ratio of any two measurement information of the K measurement information of the K received beams is less than or equal to the second threshold, and / or the ratio of any two measurement information of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels Less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the difference between the largest measurement information and the smallest measurement information in the K measurement information of the K received beams is less than or equal to the third threshold, and / or the largest of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels
  • the difference between the measurement information and the smallest measurement information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the threshold (for example, the first threshold to the fifth threshold) may be a preset constant, a constant configured by higher layer signaling, or a constant configured by physical layer signaling.
  • the high-level signaling may be radio resource control (RRC) signaling or MAC layer signaling; the physical layer signaling may be DCI.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC media access control
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the method for configuring the threshold.
  • the K receiving beams may also satisfy at least one of the following two cases:
  • the difference between the measurement information of any of the K measurement information of the K reception beams and the measurement information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than the fourth threshold, and / or K
  • the difference between any one of the K measurement information of each antenna panel and the measurement information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels is greater than a fourth threshold; or
  • the ratio of the measurement information of any one of the K measurement information of the K reception beams to the measurement information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than the fifth threshold, and / or K
  • the ratio of any one of the K measurement information of the antenna panel to the measurement information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels is greater than a fifth threshold.
  • the purpose of introducing the first threshold to the fifth threshold is that when a terminal device is used to receive two antenna panels of the CSI-RS resource at the same time
  • the antenna panel with a smaller RSRP value does not bring significant performance improvement for uplink data transmission, but instead increases the time-frequency resource overhead.
  • uplink resources are configured at the base station. At this time, the number of configured SRS resources is increased, so at this time, the terminal device may not report the information of the antenna panel with the smaller RSRP value. Therefore, the beams reported to the base station are determined according to the conditions listed above, and only the beams of the antenna panel with better communication quality are retained, while saving the resource overhead of the resource allocation process and improving the transmission performance.
  • the measurement information of the CSI-RS resource corresponds to the received beam information of the CSI-RS resource.
  • the measurement of the CSI-RS resources reported at the same time The information is measurement information of the reported beam.
  • the number of beams of the two antenna panels used by the terminal device to receive a CSI-RS resource at the same time needs to be reported to the base station. How to use two antennas in the end The panel needs to be further determined according to the measurement of the uplink beam, that is, the SRS is sent to the base station through the terminal device. After the SRS measurement, the base station can further determine the beam corresponding to the antenna panel with the best communication quality, thereby improving the transmission performance.
  • the number of first received beams to be reported has been determined according to the above scheme.
  • the following describes in detail the resources through which the terminal device reports the number of first received beams And how to report information about the number of first received beams.
  • the terminal device before receiving the CSI-RS resources and reporting the number of received beams to the base station according to the measurement result, receives first reporting configuration information sent by the base station, where the first reporting configuration information is used to instruct reporting of the first receiving beam The number of bits of the quantity information, or the number of bits used to instruct the terminal device to report the maximum number of the first receiving beams included in the quantity information of the first receiving beam or the number of bits reporting the reception status information.
  • the terminal device reports only one reception status information corresponding to the CSI-RS resource, and the reception status information may be a quantized value
  • the reporting form may be X bits, and the X bits correspond to a quantization value interval. Each state value of the X bits corresponds to a specific quantization value in the quantization value interval.
  • the encoding of the X bits is based on the The reception status information determined by the CSI-RS resource measurement is determined.
  • the terminal device needs to report the number of received beams of the first resource, and the number of received beams can be jointly encoded with the reception status information (such as measurement parameters) or independently encoded.
  • the number of bits of the above information reported by the terminal device may be determined according to the first reporting configuration information sent by the base station.
  • the base station may configure at least one reporting configuration set through high-level signaling.
  • the high-level signaling may be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling.
  • the reporting configuration set may include the first reporting configuration information.
  • the multiple CSI-RS resources (including each first resource to be reported) are associated with the same reporting configuration set. In this way, the terminal device performs measurement on multiple CSI-RS resources associated with it according to the configuration parameters included in the associated reporting configuration set, and reports the measurement results.
  • the base station indicates that the maximum amount of information is L through the first report configuration information, it indicates that the terminal device reports the number of receiving beams corresponding to each first resource or the number of bits of the antenna panel used for the report is Log 2 L.
  • Each state value corresponds to the number of receiving beams or antenna panels used to receive the first resource, and a specific relationship between the state value and the quantity information may be defined in advance.
  • the maximum quantity information may be determined according to the number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device or the number of beams used for data reception at the same time, and the value of L is not greater than the number of antenna panels or received beams reported by the terminal device.
  • the base station can configure the reported number of bits to be 2 bits.
  • the status value corresponding to a first resource reported by the terminal device is 00, it indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 1; the status value corresponding to a reported first resource is 01, indicating that the first resource is currently received.
  • the number of received beams of the resource is 2; when the status value of a reported first resource is 10, it indicates that the number of received beams currently receiving the first resource is 3; the status value of a reported first resource is At 11:00, it indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is four.
  • L takes other values a similar reporting method may be adopted. It should be understood that this application includes but is not limited to this.
  • the maximum quantity information L may also be determined according to the number of SRS resource sets supported by the terminal device for beam training, and the value of L is not greater than the number of SRS resource sets reported by the terminal device for beam training.
  • the report information in the beam training is Log 2 L bits, and each bit value corresponds to a number of SRS resource sets; or, if the terminal device reports the number of RS resources that it can transmit simultaneously and each RS resource corresponds to a different
  • the reported information in the beam training may be Log 2 L bits.
  • the base station indicates the number of bits used to report the reception status information by using the first report configuration information
  • the number of bits required to report the reception status information of the first receive beam may be combined to determine the maximum reportable receive beam.
  • the receiving status information of each receiving beam may be in the form of an absolute quantization value, or in the form of a relative quantization value.
  • the number of bits of the receiving status information can be understood as the number of first resources reported by the terminal device.
  • the number of bits corresponding to each reception status information is the same.
  • a relative quantization value is used, a certain reception status information is in the form of an absolute quantization value, and the rest of the reception status information is relative to The difference between the absolute quantization values can reduce the number of feedback bits compared to the absolute quantization values.
  • the first report configuration information sent by the base station to the terminal device indicates that the maximum number of reportable receive beams of the terminal device is L, and the number of bits of the reported reception status information is m.
  • the total number of reported bits at this time is L * m, where m is the number of reported bits of each reception status information, and each status value in m bits corresponds to a quantization value of the reception status information .
  • each receiving status information is 2 bits, and the number of received beam information and the receiving status information are jointly coded as an example.
  • the base station can configure the reported number of bits to be 8 Bit,
  • the status value corresponding to a first resource reported by the terminal device is 00000000-00000011, which indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 1, and each status value corresponds to a quantized value of the receiving status information; status A value of 00000100-00001111 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 2, and each status value corresponds to a quantized value of the receiving status information; a status value corresponding to a first resource reported by the terminal device is 00010000- 00111111 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 3, and each status value corresponds to a quantized value of the receiving status information; the status value of 01000000-00001111 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 4, And each state value corresponds to a quantized value of the received state information.
  • the terminal device may further determine first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the M first resources are received. Whether the beam can send uplink information at the same time and send the first indication information to the base station.
  • the base station needs to know whether multiple CSI-RS resources can be received simultaneously, that is, whether multiple CSI-RS receive beams can be used for uplink transmission at the same time.
  • One method is to report the display mode of the terminal device, that is, the terminal device needs to report whether multiple CSI-RS resources can be received at the same time in addition to reporting the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS resource. For example, the terminal device groups the index values of the CSI-RS resources that need to be reported. When reporting each RSRP, it also reports the group number corresponding to the value, the number of groups and the number of CSI-RS resources to be reported, and the terminal device. Take the minimum number of reported antenna panels.
  • both CSI-RSs are equal.
  • Report 1 the terminal device determines the beam 1 of the antenna panel 1 corresponding to the CSI-RS 0, and determines the beam 2 of the antenna panel 1 corresponding to the CSI-RS 1, then two CSI-RS Both report 1 to the base station.
  • the receiving beams corresponding to the two CSI-RSs come from 2 antenna panels
  • one CSI-RS reports 1 and the other CSI-RS reports 2 to notify the base station that the beams of the two antenna panels can be used for uplink simultaneously. transmission.
  • the number of antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS reported by the terminal device and whether multiple CSI-RSs can simultaneously receive information joint coding that is, the terminal device directly reports which antenna panels correspond to each CSI-RS, and the total reported amount can be based on The following formula (1) is used for calculation:
  • N is the number of reported CSI-RS index values configured by high-level signaling
  • P is the total number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device; Rounding up.
  • Another method is to determine by the implicit method of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device In addition to the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS resource, the terminal device also needs to report whether multiple CSI-RS resources can be received at the same time. The information about whether the reported CSI-RS resources can be transmitted at the same time is reported together with the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS resource.
  • the base station After the base station receives the reported information, when multiple resources are configured for the reported information that can be transmitted simultaneously, it can be configured that the multiple resources can be transmitted simultaneously; when multiple resources are configured for other information that cannot be transmitted simultaneously, it can be configured as The multiple resources cannot be transmitted at the same time.
  • the corresponding relationship between the receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS resources notified by the terminal device to the base station and the antenna panel of the terminal device has been described in detail above, so as to determine the time-frequency resource locations where multiple SRS resources are configured, the number of SRS resources and the corresponding terminals
  • the method for the device to send the SRS thereby ensuring that the terminal device uses the correct transmission beam to send the SRS or perform uplink transmission, and the base station can use the corresponding receiving beam to receive the SRS and uplink transmitted data or signals, thereby improving transmission performance.
  • the terminal device may also report other information to enable the base station to learn the beam information or antenna panel information.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device reports the index value of each first resource, it reports the information of the K receiving beams used for receiving the first resource or the K receiving beams of the K antenna panels.
  • the number information of the first receiving beams is K
  • the measurement information of the first resource includes K measurement information of the K receiving beams
  • the terminal device sends the number of the first receiving beams K and the K receiving beams to the base station. K measurement information.
  • the base station Since the base station actually does not know the number of receiving beams or antenna panels used by the terminal device to receive each CSI-RS, it is also unclear about the actually required number of reported bits. For example, the base station configures the terminal device with a maximum of two CSI-RS resource identification information and the RSRP quantization value of each receiving beam used for receiving the two CSI-RS. When the terminal device receives both CSI-RS When two antenna panels are used, the terminal equipment actually needs to report four RSRP quantized values.
  • the terminal equipment When the terminal equipment receives two CSI-RSs and uses one antenna panel, the terminal equipment actually only needs to report two RSRP quantized values, so the base station only It can allocate the uplink resources carrying the corresponding reporting information according to the maximum reporting amount of the terminal equipment, that is, the reporting can be determined according to the maximum number of CSI-RS identification information and each CSI-RS can be determined according to the maximum number of antenna panels that the terminal equipment can support. The number of bits is thus allocated for reporting resources.
  • the base station can configure uplink resources through high-level signaling, or the uplink resources are determined according to predefined rules.
  • the time-frequency resources occupied by the uplink resources can be determined according to a certain reporting amount, which includes the CSI-RS to be reported.
  • the total number of bits occupied by the reported information corresponding to the uplink resource is also indicated to the terminal device through high-level signaling.
  • the terminal device may adjust the CSI-RS resource corresponding to each RSRP quantized value by itself according to the total number of bits of the RSRP quantized value or the number of RSRPs to be reported in each report.
  • the specific adjustment method may be, for example, the base station configures the terminal device to report the identification information of K CSI-RS resources and the corresponding number of RSRP quantization values as K, that is, the possible reporting methods are K CSI-RS resources, respectively.
  • the possible reporting methods are K CSI-RS resources, respectively.
  • K CSI-RS resources to be reported all need to report more than one receive beam or antenna panel corresponding
  • the terminal device may select a part of the RSRP information to report according to the actual measurement result, and the reported information needs to carry identification information of the CSI-RS resource.
  • the number of identification information of the CSI-RS resources configured by the base station can be understood as the maximum number of identification information of the CSI-RS resources.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives CSI-RS resource 0 and uses antenna panel 0 and antenna panel 1, and receives CSI-RS resource 1 and uses antenna panel 1 and antenna panel 2, the RSRP corresponding to the RSRP measurement information is the reception status information that needs to be reported.
  • the terminal device When the uplink resources configured by the base station to carry the reported information correspond to four RSRP quantized values, the terminal device will report identification information of CSI-RS resource 0 and CSI-RS resource 1 and the corresponding information of each CSI-RS resource. RSRP quantized values of the two antenna panels and the number of antenna panels; when the uplink resources configured by the base station to carry the above reported information correspond to only two RSRP quantized values, the terminal device will determine the reported CSI- based on the RSRP comparison.
  • the number of reported antenna panels is determined based on the RSRP difference of each antenna panel used to receive signals on the CSI-RS resource.
  • the terminal device reports that the number of antenna panels used to receive the CSI-RS is 2; or when there are only one and two receiving antennas for receiving the CSI-RS
  • the terminal device reports that the number of antenna panels used to receive the CSI-RS is two.
  • the base station also needs to configure whether the current RSRP and the index value of the first resource are reported for uplink transmission or downlink transmission. Only when the reported amount is used for uplink transmission, the measurement information is reported using the above-mentioned reporting method; otherwise, the terminal The device only needs to report the identification information of each CSI-RS and the corresponding RSRP quantized value without reporting the number of received beams or the number of antenna panels.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device re-opens the antenna panel or switches the activated antenna panel, preparation time is required, for example, including the time for transmitting and receiving phase calibration.
  • the terminal device cannot close the receiving antenna panel of the CSI-RS corresponding to the CSI-RS identification information allocated to the SRS, or the terminal device cannot close the transmitting antenna panel of the SRS corresponding to the identification information of the SRS allocated to the SRS.
  • the above introduces several types of terminal devices that report different information content and different reporting methods to the base station.
  • the base station can learn the corresponding relationship between the corresponding receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource and the antenna panel of the terminal device. According to the determined resources, the base station can configure available resources with good communication quality for the SRS transmission of the terminal device to ensure the transmission quality.
  • the following describes several possible ways for a base station to configure resources for a terminal device.
  • the CSI-RS resources reported by the terminal device to the base station are the resources with the best communication quality during the downlink beam training process.
  • the base station can use these CSI-RS resources according to the uplink data or information bit size that the terminal device needs to transmit. Make flexible configuration.
  • the identification information of the uplink beams of the two SRS resources configured by the base station are both CSI-RS index values, that is, the index values of the CSI-RS are used to indicate the uplink beams and uplink resources of the SRS resources.
  • the above row beam identification is taken as an example.
  • the uplink beam identification of two SRS resources indicates the same CSI-RS and the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to the CSI-RS is two
  • the terminal device sends two SRSs, two antennas are used respectively.
  • the panel receives the two receiving beams of the CSI-RS for transmission, and the two SRS resources configured by the base station can be transmitted simultaneously for uplink transmission.
  • the terminal device determines an antenna panel with a larger RSRP when receiving the CSI-RS.
  • the base station only uses a beam of the antenna panel with a larger RSRP to receive the CSI-RS as an uplink beam.
  • the terminal device can determine the 2 antenna panels with the largest RSRP when receiving the CSI-RS as antennas for transmitting SRS In addition, the terminal device can use two antenna panels to send SRS respectively. For terminal equipment with non-coherent transmission capability, the terminal device can determine the four antenna panels with the largest RSRP when receiving the CSI-RS as the antenna panel for transmitting SRS. That is, the uplink beams used to send the SRS are transmitted using four antenna panels or some of the uplink beams are transmitted using different antenna panels.
  • the terminal device reports the quantized RSRP value of each CSI-RS resource, and simultaneously reports the number of receiving beams and the number of antenna panels used to calculate the RSRP, or supports the terminal device. Report the number of receiving antenna panels for each CSI-RS. Therefore, the base station can determine how to configure uplink transmission resources and transmission methods for the terminal device based on the reported CSI-RS resources with the best communication quality, and reasonably configure the corresponding SRS time-frequency resources and beam indication information. The terminal devices will use the same Assume that the SRS is transmitted, and the base station will receive the SRS with the same assumption to ensure the reliability of the uplink transmission.
  • the terminal device informs the base station of the receiving status information corresponding to each first resource, the number of receiving beams used to receive the reference signal on the first resource, or receiving the reference signal on the first resource.
  • the quantity information of the antenna panel is used, so that the base station determines the time-frequency resource location, the number of resources of the uplink reference signal resource associated with the first resource, and the transmission beam used to send the uplink reference signal on the uplink reference signal resource. Therefore, it is ensured that the terminal device sends the uplink reference signal by using the transmission beam with the best transmission quality and the uplink reference signal resource, and performs subsequent uplink data transmission, so as to improve the reliability of uplink transmission between the terminal device and the base station and improve transmission performance.
  • the optimal downlink transmission resource reported by the base station through the terminal device is used as the uplink resource for uplink transmission.
  • the most fundamental method is to perform uplink beam training. Select the optimal uplink transmission resource.
  • the terminal device is used to trigger the base station to perform uplink beam training, so that the base station can determine accurate uplink transmission beam information and corresponding SRS and PUSCH configuration information, that is, determine to configure multiple SRS resources. Time-frequency resource location, the number of SRS resources, and the corresponding terminal device's method of sending SRS, thereby ensuring that the terminal device uses the correct transmit beam to send SRS or perform uplink transmission, and the base station can use the corresponding receive beam to receive SRS and uplink transmission. Data or signal, improve transmission performance more accurately.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic interaction diagram of another transmission method 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Each step of the method 1400 is described in detail below.
  • the terminal device and the base station are used as the execution subjects of the execution method 1400, and the method 1400 is described.
  • the execution body of the execution method 1400 may also be a chip applied to a terminal device and a chip applied to a base station.
  • the terminal device generates a first message when the first preset condition is used, and the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal on the first uplink resource.
  • the terminal device sends a first message to the base station.
  • the first preset condition includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the uplink beam used by the terminal device to send the second uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of the downlink reference signal, and the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement.
  • the uplink beam used by the terminal device to send the uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of the downlink reference signal.
  • the terminal device may send the first message to the base station. Used to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training. It should be understood that the transmission beams of the SRS resources trained by the uplink beam are transmitted using multiple antenna panels corresponding to the reception beams receiving the CSI-RS.
  • the first uplink reference signal is a reference signal used for uplink beam training
  • the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement. Therefore, the first uplink reference signal and the second uplink reference signal can be configured. For the same reference signal or different reference signals, this application is not limited thereto.
  • the number of receiving beams for receiving the downlink reference signal by the terminal device or the number of antenna panels used for receiving the downlink reference signal is greater than one.
  • the first resource may be a resource used to carry the downlink reference signal during a downlink beam training process.
  • the terminal device may send the first message to the base station. Used to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training.
  • the difference between any two pieces of reception status information of the plurality of reception status information corresponding to the plurality of reception beams of the downlink reference signal received by the terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or the terminal device receives the downlink reference
  • the difference between any two reception status information among multiple reception status information corresponding to multiple antenna panels used by the signal is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the terminal device may send the first A message. Used to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training.
  • the base station generates downlink control information DCI.
  • the base station sends DCI to the terminal device to perform reference signal resource configuration, that is, the base station configures the terminal device with a reference signal resource or a set of reference signal resources for uplink beam training through the DCI.
  • the terminal device generates a second message according to the number of the first resource and the number of beams receiving the first resource or the number of corresponding antenna panels, where the second message is used to indicate the first uplink resource information and Send information about the number of uplink receive beams used by the reference signal on the uplink resource, and send the second message to the network device.
  • the terminal device may also notify the base station of the number of SRS resources that triggers uplink beam training and the corresponding transmit beams, where the number of SRS resources may be the terminal device configured for SRS for codebook transmission / non-codebook transmission
  • the number of identification information of the CSI-RS and the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS are determined.
  • the number of SRS resources notified by the terminal device to the base station for uplink beam training is four.
  • the SRS on the 4 SRS resources are respectively transmitted by receiving 4 receiving beams corresponding to the 2 CSI-RSs
  • the base station also knows that the corresponding SCSI-RS beams are used to receive the SRSs.
  • the CSI-RS identification information corresponds to notifying the base station to trigger the uplink. Beam training Receive beam used for the most recent CSI-RS transmission.
  • the trigger message (first message) is a scheduling request message, such as a scheduling request (SR), sent by the terminal device to the network device.
  • SR scheduling request
  • the trigger message (first message) is carried in a periodic uplink resource allocated by the base station to the terminal device.
  • the notification information used by the terminal device to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training needs to occupy uplink resources allocated by the base station. Therefore, before sending the notification, the terminal device needs to notify the base station to allocate uplink resources to carry the notification.
  • the notification method may be:
  • the terminal device sends a scheduling request SR to the base station to make an uplink data request, and the data request is used to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training.
  • the base station allocates periodic uplink resources to the terminal equipment in advance, and the uplink resources are used to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training.
  • the size of the uplink resources can be adjusted by the base station according to the beam information of the SRS configured by the base station.
  • the terminal device can simultaneously report whether to notify the base station to trigger the corresponding uplink beam training process.
  • the base station allocates corresponding uplink resources to the terminal device, if it is reserved for If the uplink resource carrying the report information is reported, the terminal device reports the report information.
  • the base station triggers the SRS resource / SRS resource set through the SRS request field in the DCI.
  • the index number of the SRS resource / SRS resource set and the time-frequency resource allocation information can be indicated through high-level signaling.
  • the number of SRS resources can only be pre-configured.
  • the maximum value, the SRS transmit beam is determined based on the receive beam corresponding to the CSI-RS ID configured for the SRS.
  • the terminal device notifies the base station of a mechanism for triggering uplink beam training, so that the base station can determine accurate uplink transmission beam information and corresponding configuration information of SRS and PUSCH.
  • the terminal device can also notify the base station of the number of SRS resources used for uplink beam training and corresponding transmission beams, thereby reducing resource overhead and improving transmission performance.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic block diagram of a transmission device 1500 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 1500 may correspond to the terminal device described in the foregoing method 1200, and may also be a chip or component applied to the terminal device. Each module or unit is respectively configured to perform each action or processing process performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method 1200.
  • the communication device 1500 may include a processing unit 1510 and a communication unit 1520.
  • a processing unit 1510 a processing unit, configured to determine reception state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource of at least one first resource, where each first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam, and the first receiving beam Including at least one receive beam.
  • the communication unit 1520 sends information about the number of first receiving beams corresponding to each first resource and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource.
  • processing unit 1510 is used to execute S1220 and S1230 in method 1200
  • communication unit 1520 is used to execute S1240 in method 1200.
  • the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in method 1200. , I won't go into details here.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic block diagram of a transmission device 1600 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 1600 may correspond to the terminal device described in the foregoing method 1400, or may be a chip or component applied to the terminal device. Each module or unit is respectively configured to perform each action or processing performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method 1400.
  • the communication device 1600 may include a processing unit 1610 and a communication unit 1620.
  • the processing unit 1610 is configured to generate a first message when the first preset condition is used, and the first message is used to trigger the terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal.
  • the communication unit 1620 is configured to send a first message.
  • the first preset condition includes: an uplink beam used by the terminal device terminal device to send the second uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of the downlink reference signal, and the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement; and / Or the number of receiving beams of the downlink reference signal received by the terminal device or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal is greater than 1; and / or multiple receiving states corresponding to multiple receiving beams of the terminal device receiving the downlink reference signal
  • the difference between any two reception status information in the information is less than or equal to the first threshold, or any two reception statuses in the plurality of reception status information corresponding to multiple antenna panels used by the terminal device to receive the downlink reference signal
  • the difference between the information is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • processing unit 1610 is used to execute S1410 in method 1400
  • communication unit 1620 is used to execute S1420 in method 1400.
  • the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in method 1400. For simplicity, this I will not repeat them here.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic block diagram of a transmission device 1700 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 1700 may correspond to (for example, be applicable to or be itself) the base station described in the foregoing method 1200, and each module in the device 1700 The OR units are respectively used to perform various actions or processing processes performed by the base station in the foregoing method 1200.
  • the communication device 1700 may include a processing unit 1710 and a communication unit 1720.
  • a communication unit 1710 is configured to send a reference signal through at least one first resource, where the reference signal is carried on multiple resources, and each first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam of a terminal device, where the first receiving beam includes at least One receive beam.
  • the communication unit 1710 is further configured to receive information about the number of first receiving beams and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource.
  • the processing unit 1720 is configured to determine the first receiving beam and the first resource.
  • the communication unit 1710 is used to execute S1210 in method 1200
  • the processing unit 1720 is used to execute S1250 in method 1200.
  • the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in method 1200. I will not repeat them here.
  • FIG. 18 shows a schematic block diagram of a transmission device 1800 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 1800 may correspond to (for example, be applicable to or be itself) the base station described in the foregoing method 1400, and various modules in the device 1800.
  • the OR units are respectively used to perform various actions or processing processes performed by the base station in the foregoing method 1400.
  • the communication device 1800 may include a processing unit 1810 and a communication unit 1820.
  • the communication unit 1810 is configured to receive a first message, and the first message is used to trigger the terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal.
  • a processing unit 1820 is configured to generate downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used to instruct the terminal device to send a first uplink resource of the uplink reference signal.
  • the communication unit 1810 is further configured to send the DCI.
  • the communication unit 1810 is used to execute S1440 in method 1400
  • the processing unit 1820 is used to execute S1430 in method 1400.
  • the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in method 1400. I will not repeat them here.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1900 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1900 includes a processor 1910 and a transceiver 1920.
  • the terminal device 1900 further includes a memory 1930.
  • the processor 1910, the transceiver 1920, and the memory 1930 communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transfer control and / or data signals.
  • the memory 1930 is used to store computer programs, and the processor 1910 is used to call from the memory 1930.
  • the computer program is run to control the transceiver 1920 to send and receive signals.
  • the processor 1910 and the memory 1930 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 1910 is configured to execute program codes stored in the memory 1930 to implement functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1930 may also be integrated in the processor 1910, or may be independent of the processor 1910.
  • the transceiver 1920 can be implemented by means of a transceiver circuit.
  • the above terminal device may further include an antenna 1940 for sending uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 1920 through a wireless signal, or sending downlink data or downlink control signaling to the transceiver 1920 for further processing after receiving.
  • an antenna 1940 for sending uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 1920 through a wireless signal, or sending downlink data or downlink control signaling to the transceiver 1920 for further processing after receiving.
  • the device 1900 may correspond to the terminal device in the method 1200 or the method 1400 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the device 1900 may also be a chip or a component applied to the terminal device.
  • each module in the apparatus 1900 implements the corresponding process in the method 1200 in FIG. 12, or each module in the apparatus 1900 implements the corresponding process in the method 1400 in FIG. 14.
  • the memory 1930 is configured to store program code, so that when the processor 1910 executes the program code, the processor 1910 is controlled to execute S1220 and S1230 in method 1200, and the transceiver 1920 is used to execute the method 1200.
  • S1240, or the memory 1930 is used to store program code, so that when the processor 1910 executes the program code, the processor 1910 controls the processor 1910 to execute S1410 in method 1400, and the transceiver 1920 is used to execute S1420 in method 1400 .
  • the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 1200 and the method 1400, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 2000 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 2000 (for example, a base station) includes a processor 2010 and a transceiver 2020.
  • the network device 2000 further includes a memory 2030.
  • the processor 2010, the transceiver 2020, and the memory 2030 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and transfer control and / or data signals.
  • the memory 2030 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 2010 is used to call from the memory 2030. And run the computer program to control the transceiver 2020 to send and receive signals.
  • the processor 2010 and the memory 2030 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 2010 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 2030 to implement the functions of the base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 2030 may also be integrated in the processor 2010 or independent of the processor 2010.
  • the transceiver 2020 can be implemented by means of a transceiver circuit.
  • the above network device may further include an antenna 2040 for sending downlink data or downlink control signaling output by the transceiver 2020 through a wireless signal, or sending uplink data or uplink control signaling to the transceiver 820 for further processing after receiving.
  • the device 2000 may correspond to a base station in the method 1200 or the method 1400 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the device 2000 may also be a chip or a component applied to a base station.
  • each module in the apparatus 2000 implements a corresponding process in the method 1200 in FIG. 12 or the method 1400 in FIG. 14.
  • the memory 2030 is used to store program code, so that when the processor 2010 executes the program code, the processor 2010 controls the processor 2010 to execute S1250 in the method 1200, and the transceiver 2020 is used to execute S1210 in the method 1200.
  • the memory 2030 is used to store program code, so that when the processor 2010 executes the program code, the processor 2010 is controlled to execute S1430 in method 1400, and the transceiver 2020 is used to execute S1440 in method 1400.
  • the specific process for each unit to perform the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in method 1200 and method 1400, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objective of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each of the units may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application is essentially a part that contributes to the existing technology or a part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disks, mobile hard disks, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disks or compact discs, and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided by the present application are a transmission method and device, the method comprising: measuring reference signals of multiple receiving beams by means of a mobile terminal; determining at least one first resource from multiple reference signal resources, the first resources corresponding to first receiving beams; reporting to a base station a measurement result determined according to the multiple reference signal resources, and reporting the measurement result; and reporting quantity information or identification information of the first receiving beams, or quantity information or identification information of antenna panels used by the first receiving beams, so that when a channel reciprocity is established and a transmitting beam configured for SRS resources which are for uplink channel measurement is configured to be the same as a receiving beam for a first resource, the base station may determine the time-frequency resource position of an SRS resource for uplink channel measurement and the number of configured SRS resources, thereby improving the efficiency of uplink channel estimation and the transmission performance of uplink data.

Description

数据传输的方法和装置Method and device for data transmission
本申请要求于2018年09月18日提交中国专利局、申请号为201811090107.4、申请名称为“数据传输的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority from a Chinese patent application filed on September 18, 2018 with the Chinese Patent Office, application number 201811090107.4, and application name "Method and Device for Data Transmission", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,更具体地,涉及一种数据传输的方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a method and device for data transmission.
背景技术Background technique
在上行传输过程中,包括基于码本的上行传输和基于非码本的上行传输,数据传输过程中,当信道互易性成立时,可以利用下行信道测量确定上行信道状态信息。以终端设备和基站之间的上行传输为例,首先需要进行下行波束训练,终端设备需要上报最优的收发波束的索引值信息以及相应的接收状态信息等以确定最优的下行收发波束,从而利用信道互易性直接确定最优的上行收发波束。In the uplink transmission process, including codebook-based uplink transmission and non-codebook-based uplink transmission, during data transmission, when channel reciprocity is established, downlink channel measurement can be used to determine uplink channel state information. Taking uplink transmission between a terminal device and a base station as an example, firstly, downlink beam training is required. The terminal device needs to report the index information of the optimal transmit and receive beams and the corresponding receiving status information to determine the optimal downlink transmit and receive beams. Use the channel reciprocity to directly determine the optimal uplink transmit and receive beams.
具体地,基站配置多个信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference resource,CSI-RS)资源,每个CSI-RS资源对应终端设备的至少一个接收波束或者天线面板,基站可以在该多个CSI-RS资源上采用不同的发送波束发送CSI-RS以扫描发送波束,终端设备也可以在该多个CSI-RS资源上采用不同的接收波束接收CSI-RS以扫描接收波束。终端设备根据接收CSI-RS的测量结果,上报相应的测量结果,利用信道互易性,基站可以根据该测量结果获得最优的发送波束信息,即通过上报某些CSI-RS的ID以及相应的信号测量参数,完成较优收发波束的训练,从而确定最优的收发波束。Specifically, the base station configures multiple channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources, and each CSI-RS resource corresponds to at least one receiving beam or antenna panel of a terminal device. -The RS resources use different transmit beams to send CSI-RSs to scan the transmit beams, and the terminal device may also use different receive beams on the multiple CSI-RS resources to receive CSI-RSs to scan the receive beams. The terminal device reports the corresponding measurement results according to the measurement results of the received CSI-RS. Using the channel reciprocity, the base station can obtain the optimal transmission beam information according to the measurement results, that is, by reporting the IDs of some CSI-RSs and the corresponding Signal measurement parameters complete the training of the optimal transmit and receive beams, thereby determining the optimal transmit and receive beams.
但是,由于波束训练过程中终端设备上报的测量参数最高的CSI-RS资源对应的测量参数时,不携带终端设备的接收波束信息或者天线面板的信息,则基站不清楚每一个CSI-RS资源对应的接收波束或者天线面板的数量,则基站无法确定为终端设备配置上行参考信号的最优发送波束,且只能配置时分复用的上行参考信号资源,影响上行传输性能。However, since the measurement parameter corresponding to the CSI-RS resource with the highest measurement parameter reported by the terminal device during the beam training process does not carry the receiving beam information of the terminal device or the information of the antenna panel, the base station does not know the correspondence of each CSI-RS resource The number of receiving beams or antenna panels, the base station cannot determine the optimal transmission beam for the terminal device to configure the uplink reference signal, and can only configure the time division multiplexed uplink reference signal resource, which affects the uplink transmission performance.
因此,亟需一种传输方法,使得基站可以确定上行参考信号资源的发送波束信息以及时频资源位置和资源个数,从而确保终端设备和基站上行传输的可靠性,提高传输性能。Therefore, a transmission method is urgently needed, so that the base station can determine the transmission beam information of the uplink reference signal resource, and the position and number of time-frequency resources, thereby ensuring the reliability of the uplink transmission of the terminal equipment and the base station and improving the transmission performance.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
本申请提供一种传输方法和传输装置,能够准确配置终端设备的时频资源位置和资源个数,以及配置终端设备的上行传输,提高传输性能。The application provides a transmission method and a transmission device, which can accurately configure the position and number of time-frequency resources of a terminal device, and configure uplink transmission of the terminal device to improve transmission performance.
第一方面,提供了一种传输方法,包括:确定至少一个第一资源中每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,该每个第一资源对应第一接收波束,该第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束;发送该每个第一资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和该每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息。According to a first aspect, a transmission method is provided, including: determining reception state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource in at least one first resource, where each first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam, and the first The receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam; sending information about the number of first receiving beams corresponding to each first resource and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource.
通过上述技术方案提供的传输方法,终端设备告知基站每个第一资源对应的接收状态信息、在该第一资源上接收参考信号采用的接收波束的数量信息或者在该第一资源上接收参考信号采用的天线面板的量信息,从而使得基站确定与第一资源关联的上行参考信号的资源的时频资源位置、资源个数以及在该上行参考信号资源上发送上行参考信号所采用的发送波束等,从而确保终端设备采用传输质量最优的发送波束和该上行参考信号资源发送上行参考信号,以及进行后续的上行数据传输,以提高终端设备和基站之间上行传输的可靠性,提高传输性能。Through the transmission method provided by the foregoing technical solution, the terminal device informs the base station of the receiving status information corresponding to each first resource, the number of receiving beams used to receive the reference signal on the first resource, or receiving the reference signal on the first resource. The quantity information of the antenna panel is used, so that the base station determines the time-frequency resource location, the number of resources of the uplink reference signal resource associated with the first resource, and the transmission beam used to send the uplink reference signal on the uplink reference signal resource. Therefore, it is ensured that the terminal device sends the uplink reference signal by using the transmission beam with the best transmission quality and the uplink reference signal resource, and performs subsequent uplink data transmission, so as to improve the reliability of uplink transmission between the terminal device and the base station and improve transmission performance.
应理解,在本申请实施例的描述中,将终端设备从基站通过高层信令配置的多个参考信号资源中确定接收状态信息满足预设条件的参考信号资源确定为第一资源,可以理解为该第一资源已经是终端设备确定的传输质量最优的资源,而且该第一资源可能会有一个或者多个。It should be understood that, in the description of the embodiment of the present application, the reference signal resource that the terminal device determines from the multiple reference signal resources configured by the base station through high-level signaling to determine that the reception status information meets a preset condition is the first resource, which can be understood as The first resource is already the resource with the best transmission quality determined by the terminal device, and there may be one or more first resources.
还应理解,本申请实施例的参考信号资源的接收状态信息可以指接收状态信息的量化值。例如,以参考信号资源的测量参数表示该接收状态信息,终端设备对接收的多个参考信号资源上接收的参考信号进行测量得到参考信号资源的测量参数。这里的预设条件可以是终端设备根据参考信号资源的测量参数确定该测量参数大于或等于预设阈值,并将这样的参考信号资源确定为传输质量最优的资源,或者接收状态最优的资源。即,在本申请中将接收状态信息的量化值大于或等于预设阈值的参考信号资源确定为第一资源,也可以是针对多个参考信号资源,终端设备将接收状态信息的量化值最大的某一个或者最大的前多个参考信号资源确定为第一资源,本申请对传输质量最优的第一资源的数量并不限定。It should also be understood that the reception status information of the reference signal resource in the embodiments of the present application may refer to a quantized value of the reception status information. For example, the measurement parameters of the reference signal resource are used to indicate the reception status information, and the terminal device measures the reference signals received on the received multiple reference signal resources to obtain the measurement parameters of the reference signal resource. The preset condition here may be that the terminal device determines that the measurement parameter is greater than or equal to a preset threshold according to the measurement parameter of the reference signal resource, and determines such a reference signal resource as a resource with the best transmission quality or a resource with the best reception status. . That is, in this application, a reference signal resource whose quantization value of the reception status information is greater than or equal to a preset threshold is determined as the first resource, or for multiple reference signal resources, the terminal device maximizes the quantization value of the reception status information. A certain or the largest first plurality of reference signal resources are determined as the first resources, and the number of the first resources with the best transmission quality is not limited in this application.
还应理解,本申请中接收状态信息可以表征终端设备接收参考信号采用的接收波束或者天线面板的信号接收质量或者通信质量或者接收参考信号的信道传输质量。具体地,本申请实施例中,可以通过参考信号的接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ,或者接收信号强度RSSI中的任意一种作为接收状态信息,该接收状态信息通常体现为经过量化后的值。It should also be understood that the reception status information in this application may characterize the signal reception quality or communication quality of the receiving beam or antenna panel used by the terminal device to receive the reference signal, or the channel transmission quality of the received reference signal. Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, any one of the received signal RSRP or the signal-to-noise and interference ratio SINR or the signal-to-noise ratio SNR or the reference signal received quality RSRQ, or the received signal strength RSSI may be used as the reception status information. The reception status information is usually expressed as a quantized value.
还应理解,在多个资源上传输的下行参考信号可以为CSI-RS,也可以为同步信号块SSB,还可以为解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS),或者跟踪参考信号TRS。在本申请实施例中,下行参考信号以CSI-RS为例进行相应的描述,即本申请所介绍的最优的CSI-RS资源就是最优的第一资源。It should also be understood that the downlink reference signal transmitted on multiple resources may be a CSI-RS, a synchronization signal block SSB, a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), or a tracking reference signal TRS. In the embodiment of the present application, the downlink reference signal is described by taking the CSI-RS as an example, that is, the optimal CSI-RS resource introduced in the present application is the optimal first resource.
此外,本申请中,所说的第一资源都是指终端设备已经从多个资源中确定通信质量最优的资源,并将在该第一资源上接收参考信号所使用的接收波束称为第一接收波束,该第一接收波束可以是包括一个天线面板对应的一个接收波束,或者N个天线面板对应的N个接收波束。In addition, in the present application, the first resource refers to a resource that the terminal device has determined from multiple resources to have the best communication quality, and a receiving beam used to receive a reference signal on the first resource is referred to as a first resource. A receiving beam. The first receiving beam may include one receiving beam corresponding to one antenna panel, or N receiving beams corresponding to N antenna panels.
还应理解,第一资源的数量可以是一个或者多个,以一个第一资源为例,终端设备实际接收该第一资源上承载的参考信号时,使用了N个接收波束或者N个天线面板。可选地,该第一资源对应的N个接收波束可以组成第一接收波束,即这N个接收波束的数量信息都被终端设备上报给基站;或者,终端设备从N个波束中选择K个波束,那么第一资源对应的第一接收波束是由该K个接收波束组成的,即这K个波束的数量信息都被终端设备上报给基站,K为大于或等于1的正整数,N为大于或等于K的正整数。It should also be understood that the number of first resources may be one or more. Taking one first resource as an example, when a terminal device actually receives a reference signal carried on the first resource, it uses N receive beams or N antenna panels. . Optionally, the N receiving beams corresponding to the first resource may form a first receiving beam, that is, the quantity information of the N receiving beams is reported to the base station by the terminal device; or the terminal device selects K from the N beams Beam, then the first receiving beam corresponding to the first resource is composed of the K receiving beams, that is, the number information of the K beams is reported to the base station by the terminal device, where K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and N is A positive integer greater than or equal to K.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息包括该第 一接收波束中包括的接收波束的数量或该第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的标识信息,或该第一接收波束的数量信息包括接收该参考信号使用天线面板的数量或标识信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes a quantity of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or an identifier of a receiving beam included in the first receiving beam. The information, or the number of the first received beams includes the number or identification information of the antenna panel used to receive the reference signal.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,每一个CSI-RS资源(第一资源)的每一个接收波束对应终端设备的不同天线面板,可以理解为,接收同一个CSI-RS资源只采用天线面板1中的一个接收波束。如果一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束包括N个波束,则N个波束一定对应N个天线面板。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, each receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource (first resource) corresponds to a different antenna panel of the terminal device. It can be understood that only the antenna panel 1 is used to receive the same CSI-RS resource. One of the receive beams. If the receiving beam of a CSI-RS resource includes N beams, the N beams must correspond to N antenna panels.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者第一接收波束中包括的K个接收波束的标识信息,或者接收该参考信号使用天线面板的数量为K,或者接收该参考信号使用的K个天线面板的标识信息,K为大于或等于1的正整数,该方法还包括:当该第一接收波束包括一个接收波束或接收该参考信号使用一个天线面板时,确定该K为1;当该第一接收波束包括多个接收波束时,根据该第一接收波束包括的多个接收波束的接收状态信息确定K的值,或当接收该参考信号使用多个天线面板时,根据该多个天线面板的接收状态信息确定K的值。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam is a quantity K or identification information of K receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, or the reference signal is received The number of antenna panels used is K, or the identification information of K antenna panels used to receive the reference signal, where K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, the method further includes: when the first receiving beam includes a receiving beam or receiving When the reference signal uses an antenna panel, determine that K is 1; when the first receiving beam includes multiple receiving beams, determine the value of K according to the receiving status information of the multiple receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, or When multiple antenna panels are used to receive the reference signal, the value of K is determined according to the reception status information of the multiple antenna panels.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者第一接收波束中包括的K个接收波束的标识信息,该第一资源的接收状态信息是根据该第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的接收状态信息确定的;或者,接收该参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,该第一资源的接收状态信息是根据该K个天线面板的接收状态信息确定的,K为大于或等于1的正整数。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam is the quantity K or identification information of the K receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, and the The reception status information is determined according to the reception status information of the K reception beams in the first reception beam; or, the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the reception status information of the first resource is based on the K The reception status information of each antenna panel is determined, and K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
例如,当终端设备向基站上报一个CSI-RS资源的K个接收波束时,该一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息可以是该K个接收波束的K个测量信息求和运算确定的;和/或该每一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束对应终端设备束的K个天线面板,该每一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息是该K个天线面板的K个测量信息求和运算确定的。For example, when the terminal device reports K reception beams of a CSI-RS resource to the base station, the measurement information of the one CSI-RS resource may be determined by a sum operation of the K measurement information of the K reception beams; and / or The receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to the K antenna panels of the terminal device beam. The measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is determined by the sum of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels.
或者,当终端设备向基站上报一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束包括终端设备的K个接收波束时,该一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息是该K个接收波束的K个测量信息求平均运算的方式确定的;和/或该每一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束对应终端设备束的K个天线面板,该每一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息是该K个天线面板的K个测量信息求平均运算的方式确定的。Or, when the terminal device reports the reception beam of a CSI-RS resource to the base station including the K reception beams of the terminal device, the measurement information of the one CSI-RS resource is calculated by averaging the K measurement information of the K reception beams. Determined by the method; and / or the receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to K antenna panels of the terminal device beam, and the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is an average of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels The method of operation is determined.
应理解,上述几种终端设备上报的内容,例如上报给基站第一资源对应第一接收波束的数量信息和第一资源的接收状态信息,均是基于相同的K个接收波束确定的。It should be understood that the content reported by the above-mentioned several types of terminal devices, for example, the number of first receiving beams corresponding to the first resource and the reception status information of the first resource reported to the base station are determined based on the same K receiving beams.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个该标识信息,该第一资源的接收状态信息包括该第一接收波束中的K个接收波束对应的K个接收状态信息,以及发送该每个第一资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和该每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:发送该K个接收波束对应的K个接收状态信息;和/或With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource includes the first receiving beam The K reception status information corresponding to the K reception beams in the K and the number of first reception beams corresponding to each first resource and the reception status information of a reference signal carried on each first resource include: Sending K receiving status information corresponding to the K receiving beams; and / or
接收该参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,该第一资源的接收状态信息包括该多个天线面板中的K个天线面板的接收状态信息,以及发送该每个第一资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和该每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:发送该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息。The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels in the plurality of antenna panels, and the first information corresponding to each of the first resources is sent. The number of received beams and the reception status information of the reference signal carried on each of the first resources include: sending K reception status information of the K antenna panels.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该K个接收波束对应K 个接收状态信息,该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限;或该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限;或该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the K receiving beams correspond to K receiving status information, and any two of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams are The difference is less than or equal to the first threshold, and / or the difference between any two of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the first threshold; or K of the K reception beams The ratio of any two reception status information in the reception status information is less than or equal to the second threshold, and / or the ratio of any two reception status information in the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the second threshold ; Or the difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information in the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to a third threshold, and / or in the K reception status information of the K antenna panels The difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,当该第一接收波束包括N个接收波束,且N为大于K的正整数时,该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除该K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限;或With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, when the first receiving beam includes N receiving beams, and N is a positive integer greater than K, the K receiving states of the K receiving beams The difference between the reception status information of any one of the information and the reception status information of any one of the N reception beams except for the K reception beams is greater than the fourth threshold, and / or the K The difference between the reception status information of any of the K reception status information of each antenna panel and the reception status information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels is greater than Four thresholds; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除该K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限;或The ratio of the reception status information of any one of the K reception status information of the K reception beams to the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than A fifth threshold, and / or any one of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels and any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The ratio of the received status information is greater than the fifth threshold; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除该K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限。The difference between the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than The sixth threshold, and / or the maximum reception state information of the K reception state information of the K antenna panels and the maximum reception state information of any of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels; The difference between the received status information is greater than the sixth threshold.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,接收第一上报配置信息,该第一上报配置信息用于指示上报该第一接收波束的数量信息的比特数,或者用于指示上报该第一接收波束的数量的最大值,或者用于指示上报该接收状态信息的比特数。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first report configuration information is received, and the first report configuration information is used to indicate a number of bits for reporting the number information of the first received beam, or Indicates the maximum value of the number of the first received beams to be reported, or indicates the number of bits used to report the reception status information.
应理解,在上述实现方式中,对于每个上报的CSI-RS资源而言,终端设备仅上报一个该CSI-RS资源对应的接收状态信息,该接收状态信息可以为经过量化的值,上报形式可以为X个比特,X个比特对应一个量化值区间,X个比特的每个状态值对应该量化值区间中的一个特定的量化值,X个比特的编码根据终端设备通过对该CSI-RS资源测量确定的接收状态信息确定。It should be understood that, in the above implementation manner, for each reported CSI-RS resource, the terminal device reports only one reception status information corresponding to the CSI-RS resource, and the reception status information may be a quantized value and a reporting form It can be X bits, X bits correspond to a quantization value interval, each state value of X bits corresponds to a specific quantization value in the quantization value interval, and the encoding of X bits is based on the CSI-RS of the terminal device through The reception status information determined by the resource measurement is determined.
此外,终端设备需要上报第一资源的测量信息,该测量信息的资源可以通过第一上报配置信息指示的资源进行上报,例如高层信令配置的资源,其中,高层信令可以为RRC信令或者MAC CE信令,高层信令可以配置多个上报配置集合,多个参考信号资源关联同一个上报配置集合,上报配置集合中包含需要上报的测量参数信息。In addition, the terminal device needs to report the measurement information of the first resource, and the resource of the measurement information can be reported through the resource indicated by the first reporting configuration information, such as the resource configured by high-level signaling, where the high-level signaling can be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling, high-level signaling can configure multiple reporting configuration sets, multiple reference signal resources are associated with the same reporting configuration set, and the reporting configuration set contains the measurement parameter information that needs to be reported.
例如,若基站通过第一上报配置信息指示最大数量信息为L,则表明终端设备上报每个第一资源对应的接收波束的数量或者上报采用的天线面板的数量的比特数为,每个状态值分别对应接收该第一资源所使用的接收波束或者天线面板的数量,具体的状态值与数 量信息的对应关系可以预先定义。For example, if the base station indicates that the maximum amount of information is L through the first reporting configuration information, it indicates that the terminal device reports the number of receiving beams corresponding to each first resource or the number of antenna panels used for reporting. Each state value Corresponding to the number of receiving beams or antenna panels used to receive the first resource, the correspondence between specific status values and quantity information can be defined in advance.
具体地,最大数量信息可以根据终端设备上报其支持的天线面板数量或者同时用于数据接收的波束数量确定,L的取值不大于终端设备上报的天线面板数量或者接收波束数量。以终端设备上报其支持的天线面板数量为4为例,此时基站可以配置上报的数量的比特数为2比特。当终端设备上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为00,表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为1;上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为01表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为2;上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为10时,表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为3个;上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为11时,表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为4个。当L取其他值时,可以采用类似的上报方式,应理解,本申请包括但不限于此。Specifically, the maximum quantity information may be determined according to the number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device or the number of beams used for data reception at the same time, and the value of L is not greater than the number of antenna panels or received beams reported by the terminal device. Taking the number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device as an example, the base station can configure the reported number of bits to be 2 bits. When the status value corresponding to a first resource reported by the terminal device is 00, it indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 1; the status value corresponding to a reported first resource is 01, indicating that the first resource is currently received. The number of received beams of the resource is 2; when the status value of a reported first resource is 10, it indicates that the number of received beams currently receiving the first resource is 3; the status value of a reported first resource is At 11:00, it indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is four. When L takes other values, a similar reporting method may be adopted. It should be understood that this application includes but is not limited to this.
或者,最大数量信息L还可以根据终端设备上报其支持的用于波束训练的SRS资源集合的数量确定,L的取值不大于终端设备上报的用于波束训练的SRS资源集合的数量。则波束训练中的上报信息为Log 2L比特,每个比特值分别对应一个SRS资源集合数量;或者,若终端设备上报其支持的能同时传输的RS资源个数且每个RS资源对应不同的上行波束为L时,或者终端设备能同时接收的RS资源个数且每个RS资源对应不同的下行波束为L时,则波束训练中的上报信息都可以为Log 2L比特。具体的指示过程参考上述举例,这里不再一一赘述。 Alternatively, the maximum quantity information L may also be determined according to the number of SRS resource sets supported by the terminal device for beam training, and the value of L is not greater than the number of SRS resource sets reported by the terminal device for beam training. The report information in the beam training is Log 2 L bits, and each bit value corresponds to a number of SRS resource sets; or, if the terminal device reports the number of RS resources that it can transmit simultaneously and each RS resource corresponds to a different When the uplink beam is L, or when the number of RS resources that the terminal device can receive simultaneously and each RS resource corresponds to a different downlink beam is L, the reported information in the beam training may be Log 2 L bits. For the specific instruction process, refer to the above examples, which will not be repeated one by one here.
又或者,若基站通过第一上报配置信息指示用于上报所述接收状态信息的比特数,则可以结合上报第一接收波束的接收状态信息所需要的比特数,确定最大可上报的接收波束的数量,每个接收波束的接收状态信息可以采用绝对量化值的形式,或者采用相对量化值的形式。Or, if the base station indicates the number of bits used to report the reception status information by using the first report configuration information, the number of bits required to report the reception status information of the first receive beam may be combined to determine the maximum reportable receive beam. Quantity, the receiving status information of each receiving beam may be in the form of an absolute quantization value, or in the form of a relative quantization value.
具体地,当采用绝对量化值的形式时,每个接收状态信息对应的比特数相同,当采用相对量化值时,某个接收状态信息采用绝对量化值的形式,其余的接收状态信息采用相对于该绝对量化值的差值,这样相比于全部采用绝对量化值而言可以减小反馈的比特数。Specifically, when an absolute quantization value is used, the number of bits corresponding to each reception status information is the same. When a relative quantization value is used, a certain reception status information is in the form of an absolute quantization value, and the rest of the reception status information is relative to The difference between the absolute quantization values can reduce the number of feedback bits compared to the absolute quantization values.
例如,终端设备确定最大可上报的接收波束数量为L,L根据第一上报配置信息指示的用于上报所述接收状态信息的比特数并结合每个第一资源对应的每一个接收波束对应的接收状态信息所需要的比特数确定的。以全部采用绝对量化值为例,此时总上报比特数为L*m,其中m为每个接收波束对应的接收状态信息的上报比特数,m个比特中的每个状态值对应一个接收状态信息的量化值。例如,以终端设备上报其支持的天线面板数量为4,每个接收状态信息为2比特为例,此时基站可以配置上报的比特数为8比特,例如,终端设备上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为00000000-00000011表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为1;状态值为00000100-00001111表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为2;终端设备上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为00010000-00111111表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为3;状态值为01000000-00001111表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为4。For example, the terminal device determines that the maximum number of reportable receive beams is L, and L is based on the number of bits used to report the reception status information indicated by the first report configuration information, and combines the values corresponding to each receive beam corresponding to each first resource. The number of bits required to receive status information is determined. Taking all absolute quantization values as an example, the total number of reported bits at this time is L * m, where m is the number of reported bits of reception status information corresponding to each receiving beam, and each state value of m bits corresponds to a reception state Quantitative value of the information. For example, if the number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device is 4 and each reception status information is 2 bits, for example, the base station can configure the number of reported bits to be 8 bits. For example, a first resource reported by the terminal device The corresponding status value of 00000000-00000011 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 1; the status value of 00000100-00001111 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 2; and a certain first reported by the terminal device The status value corresponding to the resource is 00010000-00111111, indicating that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 3; the status value being 01000000-00001111 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 4.
又或者,终端设备也可以进一步上报接收波束数量信息。Or, the terminal device may further report the number of received beams.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一资源的数量为M,且M为大于或等于2的正整数时,该方法还包括:发送该M个第一资源中的该至少一个第一资源的标识信息。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, when the number of the first resources is M and M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, the method further includes: sending the M first Identification information of the at least one first resource among the resources.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:确定第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示接收M个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收波束能否同时用于上行传输;发送该第一指示信息。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: determining first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct reception of receiving reference signals carried on M first resources Whether the beam can be used for uplink transmission at the same time; and sending the first indication information.
例如,当终端设备上报多个CSI-RS资源对应的RSRP时,基站需要知道多个CSI-RS资源能否同时接收,也就是多个CSI-RS的接收波束能否同时用于上行发送。For example, when a terminal device reports RSRPs corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resources, the base station needs to know whether multiple CSI-RS resources can be received simultaneously, that is, whether multiple CSI-RS receive beams can be used for uplink transmission at the same time.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该接收状态信息是参考信号接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ或者接收信号强度RSSI中的任意一种。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the reception status information is reference signal received power RSRP or signal noise to interference ratio SINR or signal to noise ratio SNR or reference signal received quality RSRQ or received signal strength RSSI Any of them.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一接收波束用于上行传输。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述天线面板为激活状态。以上通过详细介绍了终端设备告知基站CSI-RS对应的接收波束与终端设备的天线面板之间的对应关系,从而确定配置多个SRS资源的时频资源位置、SRS资源个数以及相应的终端设备发送SRS的方法,从而确保终端设备采用正确的发送波束发送SRS或者进行上行传输,基站便可以采用相应的接收波束接收SRS以及上行传输的数据或者信号,提高传输性能。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the antenna panel is in an activated state. The above has introduced in detail the correspondence between the terminal equipment to inform the base station of the corresponding reception beams corresponding to the CSI-RS and the antenna panel of the terminal equipment, so as to determine the time-frequency resource locations where multiple SRS resources are configured, the number of SRS resources, and the corresponding terminal equipment. The method of transmitting the SRS, thereby ensuring that the terminal equipment uses the correct transmission beam to transmit the SRS or perform uplink transmission, and the base station can use the corresponding receiving beam to receive the SRS and the uplink transmitted data or signal, thereby improving transmission performance.
第二方面,提供了一种传输方法,包括:终端设备在第一预设条件时,生成第一消息,该第一消息用于触发终端设备发送第一上行参考信号;发送该第一消息,该第一预设条件包括:该终端设备用于发送第二上行参考信号的上行波束被配置为下行参考信号的资源标识,该第二上行参考信号用于进行信道测量;和/或该终端设备接收该下行参考信号的接收波束的数量或接收该下行参考信号所使用的天线面板数量大于1;和/或该终端设备接收该下行参考信号的多个接收波束对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限,或者,该终端设备接收该下行参考信号所使用的多个天线面板对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限。According to a second aspect, a transmission method is provided, including: when a terminal device generates a first message under a first preset condition, the first message is used to trigger the terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal; and sending the first message, The first preset condition includes: an uplink beam used by the terminal device to send a second uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of a downlink reference signal, and the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement; and / or the terminal device The number of receiving beams receiving the downlink reference signal or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal is greater than 1; and / or any of multiple receiving status information corresponding to multiple receiving beams of the terminal device receiving the downlink reference signal The difference between the two reception status information is less than or equal to the first threshold, or between any two reception status information among multiple reception status information corresponding to multiple antenna panels used by the terminal device to receive the downlink reference signal The difference is less than or equal to the first threshold.
应理解,上述的第一上行参考信号是用于做上行波束训练的参考信号,第二上行参考信号是用于进行信道测量的,因此,该第一上行参考信号和第二上行参考信号可以配置为相同的参考信号或者不同的参考信号,本申请对此并不限定。It should be understood that the first uplink reference signal is a reference signal used for uplink beam training, and the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement. Therefore, the first uplink reference signal and the second uplink reference signal can be configured. For the same reference signal or different reference signals, this application is not limited thereto.
通过以上技术方案,终端设备可以触发基站进行上行波束训练,使得基站可以确定精确的上行发送波束信息以及相应的上行资源和上行传输的配置信息,即确定配置多个上行资源资源的时频资源位置、上行资源个数以及相应的终端设备发送上行资源的方法,从而确保终端设备采用传输质量最优的发送波束发送参考信号或者进行上行传输,基站便可以采用相应的接收波束接收该参考信号以及上行传输的数据,提高传输性能。Through the above technical solution, the terminal device can trigger the base station to perform uplink beam training, so that the base station can determine accurate uplink transmission beam information and corresponding uplink resources and uplink transmission configuration information, that is, determine the time-frequency resource location for configuring multiple uplink resource resources. , The number of uplink resources, and the corresponding terminal device's method for sending uplink resources, so as to ensure that the terminal device uses the transmission beam with the best transmission quality to send the reference signal or perform uplink transmission, and the base station can use the corresponding receiving beam to receive the reference signal and the uplink Data transmitted to improve transmission performance.
结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该终端设备根据该接收波束的数量或接收该下行参考信号所使用的天线面板数量,生成第二消息,该第二消息用于指示承载该第一上行参考信号的第一上行参考信号资源的数量信息和/或发送波束信息;发送该第二消息。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the terminal device generates a second message according to the number of receiving beams or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal, and the second message is used to indicate that the Sending quantity information of first uplink reference signal resources of the first uplink reference signal and / or sending beam information; and sending the second message.
例如,终端设备还可以通知基站触发上行波束训练的第一上行参考信号资源个数以及相应的发送波束,其中第一上行参考信号的个数可以是终端设备根据配置给用于码本传输/用于非码本传输的第一资源的标识信息的个数,或者每个第一资源对应的接收天线面板数确定的。For example, the terminal device may also notify the base station of the number of first uplink reference signal resources that triggers uplink beam training and the corresponding transmit beams, where the number of first uplink reference signals may be the terminal device ’s configuration for codebook transmission / use. The number of identification information of the first resource transmitted in a non-codebook, or the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each first resource is determined.
具体地,当根据基站的上报配置信息,终端设备上报的第一资源的标识信息的个数为2,每个第一资源对应的接收天线面板数为2时,终端设备通知基站进行上行波束训练的第一上行参考信号资源个数为4,且4个第一上行参考信号资源上第一上行参考信号分别采用接收2个第一资源对应的4个接收波束发送,则基站也知道采用相应的接收第一资源的波束接收第一上行参考信号。其中,由于同一个第一资源的标识信息不论周期发送还是非周期触发均会对应多个发送时刻,每个发送时刻采用的收发波束可能不同,则第一资源的标识信息对应于通知基站触发上行波束训练最近一次的CSI-RS资源发送采用的接收波束。Specifically, according to the configuration information reported by the base station, the number of identification information of the first resource reported by the terminal device is two, and the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each first resource is two, the terminal device notifies the base station to perform uplink beam training. The number of first uplink reference signal resources is 4, and the first uplink reference signals on the four first uplink reference signal resources are respectively sent by receiving four receive beams corresponding to the two first resources, then the base station also knows that the corresponding The beam receiving the first resource receives a first uplink reference signal. Among them, since the identification information of the same first resource corresponds to multiple transmission times regardless of periodic transmission or non-periodic triggering, and the transmitting and receiving beams used at each transmission time may be different, the identification information of the first resource corresponds to notifying the base station to trigger an uplink. Beam training Receive beam used for the most recent CSI-RS resource transmission.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一消息是该终端设备发送的调度请求消息。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一消息承载于第一上行资源,该第一上行资源为周期性资源。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
第三方面,提供了一种传输方法,包括:通过至少一个第一资源发送参考信号,该参考信号承载于多个资源,该每个第一资源对应终端设备的第一接收波束,该第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束;接收第一接收波束的数量信息和该每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息;确定该第一接收波束和该第一资源。According to a third aspect, a transmission method is provided, including: sending a reference signal through at least one first resource, the reference signal being carried on multiple resources, each first resource corresponding to a first receiving beam of a terminal device, the first The receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam; receiving quantity information of the first receiving beam and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource; and determining the first receiving beam and the first resource.
结合第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息包括该第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的数量或该第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的标识信息,或该第一接收波束的数量信息包括接收该参考信号使用天线面板的数量或标识信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes a quantity of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or identification information of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, Or, the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes quantity or identification information of an antenna panel used to receive the reference signal.
结合第三方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个该标识信息,该第一资源的接收状态信息是根据该第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的接收状态信息确定的;或者,接收该参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,该第一资源的接收状态信息是根据该K个天线面板的接收状态信息确定的,K为大于或等于1的正整数。With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource is based on the first receiving The receiving status information of the K receiving beams in the beam is determined; or, the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the receiving status information of the first resource is determined according to the receiving status information of the K antenna panels. , K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
结合第三方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个该标识信息,该第一资源的接收状态信息包括该第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息,以及接收第一接收波束的数量信息和该每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:接收该K个接收波束对应的K个接收状态信息;和/或With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource includes the first receiving beam The K reception status information of the K reception beams, the number of received first reception beams, and the reception status information of the reference signal carried on each of the first resources include: receiving K corresponding to the K reception beams Receiving status information; and / or
接收该参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,该第一资源的接收状态信息包括该多个天线面板中的K个天线面板的接收状态信息,以及接收第一接收波束的数量信息和该每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:接收该天线面板的数量信息K和该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息。The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels of the plurality of antenna panels, as well as the number of received first reception beams and the number of each The reception status information of the reference signals carried on the first resources includes: receiving the number information K of the antenna panels and K reception status information of the K antenna panels.
结合第三方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该K个接收波束对应K个接收状态信息,该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限;或该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限;或该K个接收波束的K个接收 状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限。With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the K reception beams correspond to K reception state information, and any two of the K reception state information of the K reception beams are The difference is less than or equal to the first threshold, and / or the difference between any two of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the first threshold; or K of the K reception beams The ratio of any two reception status information in the reception status information is less than or equal to the second threshold, and / or the ratio of any two reception status information in the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the second threshold ; Or the difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information in the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to a third threshold, and / or in the K reception status information of the K antenna panels The difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
结合第三方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,当该第一接收波束包括N个接收波束,且N为大于K的正整数时,该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限;或With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, when the first receiving beam includes N receiving beams, and N is a positive integer greater than K, the K receiving states of the K receiving beams The difference between the reception status information of any one of the information and the reception status information of any one of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams other than K reception beams is greater than the fourth threshold, and / or the K The difference between the reception status information of any of the K reception status information of the antenna panel and the reception status information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels is greater than the fourth Threshold; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限;或The ratio of the reception status information of any one of the K reception status information of the K reception beams to the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams in the N reception beams is greater than Five thresholds, and / or any one of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels and the receiving status information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The ratio of received status information is greater than the fifth threshold; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限。The difference between the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams in the N reception beams is greater than the Six thresholds, and / or the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels and the reception of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The difference in status information is greater than the sixth threshold.
结合第三方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送第一上报配置信息,该第一上报配置信息用于指示上报该第一接收波束的数量信息的比特数,或者用于指示该终端设备上报该第一接收波束的数量信息中包含的该第一接收波束的最大数量信息或者上报该接收状态信息的比特数。With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: sending first reporting configuration information, where the first reporting configuration information is used to indicate a bit that reports the quantity information of the first receiving beam Or the number of bits used to instruct the terminal device to report the maximum number of the first reception beams contained in the number information of the first reception beams or the number of bits to report the reception status information.
结合第三方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一资源的数量为M,且M为大于或等于2的正整数时,该方法还包括:接收该M个第一资源中的该至少一个第一资源的标识信息。With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, when the number of the first resources is M and M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, the method further includes: receiving the M first Identification information of the at least one first resource among the resources.
结合第三方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示接收M个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收波束能否同时用于上行传输。With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: receiving first indication information and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct receiving M bearers on the first resource Whether the received beam of the reference signal can be used for uplink transmission at the same time.
结合第三方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该接收状态信息是参考信号接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的任意一种。With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the reception status information is any one of a reference signal received power RSRP or a signal noise interference ratio SINR or a signal to noise ratio SNR or a reference signal received quality RSRQ .
结合第三方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一接收波束用于上行传输。With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
结合第三方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述天线面板为激活状态。With reference to the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the antenna panel is in an activated state.
第四方面,提供了一种传输方法,包括:接收第一消息,该第一消息用于指示终端设备发送上行参考信号;生成下行控制信息DCI,该DCI用于指示该终端设备发送该上行参考信号的第一上行资源;发送该DCI。According to a fourth aspect, a transmission method is provided, including: receiving a first message that is used to instruct a terminal device to send an uplink reference signal; and generating downlink control information DCI that is used to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink reference The first uplink resource of the signal; sending the DCI.
结合第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第二消息,该第二消 息用于指示该第一上行资源信息和上行波束信息,该第一上行资源信息包括第一资源的个数和接收该第一资源的接收波束数量或对应的天线面板数量,该第一资源是用于承载下行参考信号的多个资源中通信质量满足预设条件的资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: receiving a second message, where the second message is used to indicate the first uplink resource information and uplink beam information, and the first uplink resource information includes a first The number of a resource and the number of receiving beams or corresponding antenna panels that receive the first resource. The first resource is a resource of a plurality of resources used to carry a downlink reference signal that meets a predetermined communication quality.
结合第四方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一消息是该终端设备发送的调度请求消息。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
结合第四方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该终第一消息承载于第一上行资源,该第一上行资源为周期性资源。With reference to the fourth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the final first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
第五方面,提供了一种传输装置,包括:处理单元,用于确定至少一个第一资源中每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,该每个第一资源对应第一接收波束,该第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束;通信单元,发送该每个第一资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和该每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息。According to a fifth aspect, a transmission device is provided, including: a processing unit, configured to determine reception status information of a reference signal carried on each first resource in at least one first resource, each first resource corresponding to the first reception Beam, the first receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam; the communication unit sends information about the number of first receiving beams corresponding to each first resource and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource.
结合第五方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息包括该第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的数量或该第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的标识信息,或该第一接收波束的数量信息包括接收该参考信号使用天线面板的数量或标识信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes a quantity of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or identification information of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, Or, the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes quantity or identification information of an antenna panel used to receive the reference signal.
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个该标识信息,K为大于或等于1的整数,该处理单元还用于:当该第一接收波束包括一个接收波束或接收该参考信号使用一个天线面板时,确定该K为1;当该第一接收波束包括多个接收波束时,根据该第一接收波束包括的多个接收波束的接收状态信息确定K的值,或当接收该参考信号使用多个天线面板时,根据该多个天线面板的接收状态信息确定K的值。With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam is a quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and K is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the processing unit further uses Yu: when the first receiving beam includes a receiving beam or using an antenna panel to receive the reference signal, determine that K is 1; when the first receiving beam includes a plurality of receiving beams, according to the The value of K is determined by the reception status information of multiple receive beams, or is determined by the reception status information of the multiple antenna panels when multiple antenna panels are used to receive the reference signal.
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个该标识信息,该第一资源的接收状态信息是根据该第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的接收状态信息确定的;或者,接收该参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,该第一资源的接收状态信息是根据该K个天线面板的接收状态信息确定的,K为大于或等于1的正整数。With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource is based on the first receiving The receiving status information of the K receiving beams in the beam is determined; or, the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the receiving status information of the first resource is determined according to the receiving status information of the K antenna panels. , K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个该标识信息,该第一资源的接收状态信息包括该第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息,以及该通信单元还用于:发送该K个接收状态信息;和/或With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource includes the first receiving beam K reception status information of K reception beams in the, and the communication unit is further configured to: send the K reception status information; and / or
接收该参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,该第一资源的接收状态信息包括该多个天线面板中的K个天线面板的接收状态信息,以及该通信单元还用于:发送该天线面板的数量信息K和该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息。The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels of the plurality of antenna panels, and the communication unit is further configured to: send the antenna panels The number information K and K reception status information of the K antenna panels.
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,K个接收波束对应K个接收状态信息,该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限;或With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the K reception beams correspond to K reception state information, and the difference between any two reception state information of the K reception state information of the K reception beams The value is less than or equal to the first threshold, and / or the difference between any two of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the first threshold; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限;或The ratio of any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to the second threshold, and / or any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels Is less than or equal to the second threshold; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限。The difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information in the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to the third threshold, and / or the largest of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels. The difference between the reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,当该第一接收波束包括N个接收波束,且N为大于K的正整数时,该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除该K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限;或With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, when the first receiving beam includes N receiving beams, and N is a positive integer greater than K, any one of the receiving state information of the K receiving state information of the K receiving beams and The difference between the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams in the N reception beams is greater than a fourth threshold, and / or K reception status information of the K antenna panels The difference between the reception status information of any one of the antenna status panels and the reception status information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels is greater than the fourth threshold; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除该K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限;或The ratio of the reception status information of any one of the K reception status information of the K reception beams to the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than A fifth threshold, and / or any one of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels and any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The ratio of the received status information is greater than the fifth threshold; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除该K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限。The difference between the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than The sixth threshold, and / or the maximum reception state information of the K reception state information of the K antenna panels and the maximum reception state information of any of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels; The difference between the received status information is greater than the sixth threshold.
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该通信单元还用于:接收第一上报配置信息,该第一上报配置信息用于指示上报该第一接收波束的数量信息的比特数,或者用于指示上报该第一接收波束的数量的最大值,或者用于指示上报该接收状态信息的比特数。With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the communication unit is further configured to: receive first reporting configuration information, where the first reporting configuration information is used to indicate information about reporting the number of the first receiving beam The number of bits is used to indicate the maximum value of the number of the first receiving beams to be reported, or the number of bits used to report the reception status information.
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一资源的数量为M,且M为大于或等于2的正整数时,该通信单元还用于:发送该M个第一资源中的该至少一个第一资源的标识信息。With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, when the number of the first resources is M and M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, the communication unit is further configured to: send the M number of Identification information of the at least one first resource in the first resource.
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该处理单元还用于:确定第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示接收M个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收波束能否同时用于上行传输;该通信单元还用于:发送该第一指示信息。With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the processing unit is further configured to determine first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct to receive reference signals carried on M first resources Whether the receiving beams of the MIMO receiver can be used for uplink transmission at the same time; the communication unit is further configured to: send the first indication information.
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该接收状态信息是参考信号接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的任意一种。With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the reception status information is any one of a reference signal received power RSRP or a signal noise to interference ratio SINR or a signal to noise ratio SNR or a reference signal received quality RSRQ .
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一接收波束用于上行传输。With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
结合第五方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述天线面板为激活状态。With reference to the fifth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the antenna panel is in an activated state.
第六方面,提供了一种传输装置,包括:处理单元,用于在第一预设条件时,生成第一消息,该第一消息用于触发终端设备发送第一上行参考信号;通信单元,用于发送该第一消息,该第一预设条件包括:该终端设备用于发送第二上行参考信号的上行波束被配置为下行参考信号的资源标识,该第二上行参考信号用于进行信道测量;和/或该终端设备 接收该下行参考信号的接收波束的数量或接收该下行参考信号所使用的天线面板数量大于1;和/或该终端设备接收该下行参考信号的多个接收波束对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限,或者,该终端设备接收该下行参考信号所使用的多个天线面板对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限。According to a sixth aspect, a transmission device is provided, including: a processing unit configured to generate a first message when the first preset condition is used, the first message being used to trigger a terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal; a communication unit, Configured to send the first message, the first preset condition includes: an uplink beam used by the terminal device to send a second uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of a downlink reference signal, and the second uplink reference signal is used to perform a channel Measurement; and / or the number of receive beams of the downlink reference signal received by the terminal device or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal is greater than 1; and / or the plurality of receive beams of the terminal device receiving the downlink reference signal corresponds The difference between any two of the plurality of reception status information is less than or equal to the first threshold, or among the plurality of reception status information corresponding to multiple antenna panels used by the terminal device to receive the downlink reference signal The difference between any two received status information is less than or equal to the first threshold.
结合第六方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该处理单元还用于:根据该接收波束的数量或接收该下行参考信号所使用的天线面板数量,生成第二消息,该第二消息用于指示承载该第一上行参考信号的第一上行参考信号资源的数量信息和/或发送波束信息;该通信单元还用于:发送该第二消息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the processing unit is further configured to generate a second message according to the number of the receiving beams or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal, and the second message is used for The information indicating the quantity of the first uplink reference signal resource carrying the first uplink reference signal and / or the transmission beam information; the communication unit is further configured to: send the second message.
结合第六方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一消息是该终端设备发送的调度请求消息。With reference to the sixth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
结合第六方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一消息承载于第一上行资源,该第一上行资源为周期性资源。With reference to the sixth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
第七方面,提供了一种传输装置,包括:通信单元,用于通过至少一个第一资源发送参考信号,该参考信号承载于多个资源,该每个第一资源对应终端设备的第一接收波束,该第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束;该通信单元,还用于接收第一接收波束的数量信息和该每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息;处理单元,用于确定该第一接收波束和该第一资源。According to a seventh aspect, a transmission device is provided, including: a communication unit, configured to send a reference signal through at least one first resource, where the reference signal is carried on multiple resources, and each first resource corresponds to a first reception of a terminal device. Beam, the first receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam; the communication unit is further configured to receive information about the number of first receiving beams and receiving status information of a reference signal carried on each first resource; a processing unit, configured to: Determining the first receiving beam and the first resource.
结合第七方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息包括该第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的数量或该第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的标识信息,或该第一接收波束的数量信息包括接收该参考信号使用天线面板的数量或标识信息。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes a quantity of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or identification information of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, Or, the quantity information of the first receiving beam includes quantity or identification information of an antenna panel used to receive the reference signal.
结合第七方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个该标识信息,该第一资源的接收状态信息是根据该第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的接收状态信息确定的;或者,接收该参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,该第一资源的接收状态信息是根据该K个天线面板的接收状态信息确定的,K为大于或等于1的正整数。With reference to the seventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource is based on the first receiving The receiving status information of the K receiving beams in the beam is determined; or, the number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the receiving status information of the first resource is determined according to the receiving status information of the K antenna panels. , K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
结合第七方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个该标识信息,该第一资源的接收状态信息包括该第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息,以及接收第一接收波束的数量信息和该每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:接收该第一接收波束的数量信息K和该K个接收状态信息;和/或With reference to the seventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource includes the first receiving beam The K receiving status information of the K receiving beams, and the number of received first receiving beams and the receiving state information of the reference signal carried on each first resource include: receiving the first receiving beam number information K and the K reception status information; and / or
接收该参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,该第一资源的接收状态信息包括该多个天线面板中的K个天线面板的接收状态信息,以及接收第一接收波束的数量信息和该每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:接收该K个接收波束对应的K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息。The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels of the plurality of antenna panels, as well as the number of received first reception beams and the number of each The reception status information of the reference signals carried on the first resources includes: receiving K reception status information of the K antenna panels corresponding to the K reception beams.
结合第七方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该K个接收波束对应K个接收状态信息,该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限;或With reference to the seventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the K reception beams correspond to K reception state information, and any two of the K reception state information of the K reception beams are The difference is less than or equal to the first threshold, and / or the difference between any two of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is less than or equal to the first threshold; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限;或The ratio of any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to the second threshold, and / or any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels Is less than or equal to the second threshold; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限。The difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information in the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to the third threshold, and / or the largest of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels. The difference between the reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
结合第七方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,当该第一接收波束包括N个接收波束,且N为大于K的正整数时,该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除该K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限;或With reference to the seventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, when the first receiving beam includes N receiving beams, and N is a positive integer greater than K, the K receiving states of the K receiving beams The difference between the reception status information of any one of the information and the reception status information of any one of the N reception beams except for the K reception beams is greater than the fourth threshold, and / or the K The difference between the reception status information of any of the K reception status information of each antenna panel and the reception status information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels is greater than Four thresholds; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除该K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限;或The ratio of the reception status information of any one of the K reception status information of the K reception beams to the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than A fifth threshold, and / or any one of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels and any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The ratio of the received status information is greater than the fifth threshold; or
该K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与该N个接收波束中除该K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限,和/或该K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与除该N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限。The difference between the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams of the N reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than The sixth threshold, and / or the maximum reception state information of the K reception state information of the K antenna panels and the maximum reception state information of any of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels; The difference between the received status information is greater than the sixth threshold.
结合第七方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该通信单元还用于:发送第一上报配置信息,该第一上报配置信息用于指示上报该第一接收波束的数量信息的比特数,或者用于指示上报该第一接收波束的数量的最大值,或者用于指示上报该接收状态信息的比特数。With reference to the seventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the communication unit is further configured to: send first reporting configuration information, where the first reporting configuration information is used to indicate information about reporting the number of the first receiving beam The number of bits is used to indicate the maximum value of the number of the first receiving beams to be reported, or the number of bits used to report the reception status information.
结合第七方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一资源的数量为M,且M为大于或等于2的正整数时,该通信单元还用于:接收该M个第一资源中的该至少一个第一资源的标识信息。With reference to the seventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, when the number of the first resources is M and M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, the communication unit is further configured to: receive the M Identification information of the at least one first resource in the first resource.
结合第七方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该通信单元还用于:接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示接收M个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收波束能否同时用于上行传输。With reference to the seventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the communication unit is further configured to receive first indication information, first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct reception of M first resources. Whether the receiving beam of the reference signal carried on the uplink can be used for uplink transmission at the same time.
结合第七方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该接收状态信息是参考信号接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的任意一种。With reference to the seventh aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the reception status information is any one of a reference signal received power RSRP or a signal noise to interference ratio SINR or a signal to noise ratio SNR or a reference signal received quality RSRQ .
结合第八方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一接收波束用于上行传输。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
结合第八方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述天线面板为激活状态。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the antenna panel is in an activated state.
第八方面,提供了一种传输装置,包括:通信单元,用于接收第一消息,该第一消息 用于触发终端设备发送第一上行参考信号;处理单元,用于生成下行控制信息DCI,该DCI用于指示该终端设备发送该上行参考信号的第一上行资源;该通信单元,还用于发送该DCI。According to an eighth aspect, a transmission device is provided, including: a communication unit configured to receive a first message, the first message used to trigger a terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal; and a processing unit configured to generate downlink control information DCI, The DCI is used to instruct the terminal device to send a first uplink resource of the uplink reference signal; and the communication unit is further configured to send the DCI.
结合第八方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该通信单元还用于:接收第二消息,该第二消息用于指示该第一上行资源信息和上行波束信息,该第一上行资源信息包括第一资源的个数和接收该第一资源的接收波束数量或对应的天线面板数量,该第一资源是用于承载下行参考信号的多个资源中通信质量满足预设条件的资源。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the communication unit is further configured to receive a second message, where the second message is used to indicate the first uplink resource information and uplink beam information, and the first uplink resource information Including the number of first resources and the number of receive beams or corresponding antenna panels that receive the first resource, the first resource is a resource of a plurality of resources used to carry a downlink reference signal that meets a preset communication quality.
结合第八方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一消息是该终端设备发送的调度请求消息。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
结合第八方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该终第一消息承载于第一上行资源,该第一上行资源为周期性资源。With reference to the eighth aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some possible implementation manners, the final first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面和第二方面的方法设计中的终端设备的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。According to a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device has a function of implementing a terminal device in the method design of the first aspect and the second aspect. These functions can be realized by hardware, and can also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第三方面和第四方面的方法设计中的网络设备(例如基站)的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。According to a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device has a function of implementing a network device (for example, a base station) in the method design of the third aspect and the fourth aspect. These functions can be realized by hardware, and can also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
第十一方面,提供一种终端设备,包括收发器和处理器。可选地,该终端设备还包括存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该终端设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式、以及上述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式中的方法。According to an eleventh aspect, a terminal device is provided, including a transceiver and a processor. Optionally, the terminal device further includes a memory. The processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the terminal device executes the foregoing first aspect or any one of the first aspect. An implementation manner, and the foregoing second aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
第十二方面,提供一种网络设备,包括收发器和处理器。可选地,该网络设备还包括存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该终端设备执行上述第三方面或第三方面任意一种可能的实现方式、以及上述第四方面或第四方面任意一种可能的实现方式中的网络设备所执行的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a network device is provided, including a transceiver and a processor. Optionally, the network device further includes a memory. The processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the terminal device executes the third aspect or any one of the third aspect. An implementation manner, and the method performed by the network device in the foregoing fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信系统,该系统包括上述第五方面的终端设备以及第六方面的终端设备;或者,该系统包括上述第七方面的网络设备以及第八方面的网络设备。According to a thirteenth aspect, a communication system is provided. The system includes the terminal device of the fifth aspect and the terminal device of the sixth aspect; or the system includes the network device of the seventh aspect and the network device of the eighth aspect.
第十四方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:处理器,与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式、以及上述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式中终端设备所执行的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。According to a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a terminal device designed in the foregoing method, or a chip provided in the terminal device. The communication device includes a processor coupled to the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, and the second aspect or any of the second aspect. The method performed by the terminal device in a possible implementation manner. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
当该通信装置为终端设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input / output interface.
当该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。When the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input / output interface.
可选地,该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input / output interface may be an input / output circuit.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的网络设备,或者为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:处理器,与存储器耦合,可用于执行 存储器中的指令,以实现上述第三方面或第三方面任意一种可能的实现方式、以及上述第四方面或第四方面任意一种可能的实现方式中网络设备所执行的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。According to a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a network device in the foregoing method design, or a chip provided in the network device. The communication device includes a processor coupled to the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, and the fourth aspect or any of the fourth aspect. Method implemented by a network device in a possible implementation. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
当该通信装置为网络设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。When the communication device is a network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input / output interface.
当该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。When the communication device is a chip configured in a network device, the communication interface may be an input / output interface.
可选地,该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input / output interface may be an input / output circuit.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面中的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: computer program code that, when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods in the above aspects.
第十七方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面中的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided. The computer-readable medium stores program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the methods in the foregoing aspects.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1是适用于本申请实施例的移动通信系统的架构示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请实施例的一例下行波束训练的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of downlink beam training according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3是一例资源配置示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of resource allocation.
图4是本申请实施例的一例上行波束训练的示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example of uplink beam training according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例的又一例资源配置示意图。FIG. 5 is another schematic diagram of resource configuration according to an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例的又一例上行波束训练的示意图。FIG. 6 is another schematic diagram of uplink beam training according to an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例的又一例下上行波束训练的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of uplink beam training according to another example of the embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例的又一例下上行波束训练的示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of uplink beam training according to another example of the embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例的一例上行非码本传输流程示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of an uplink non-codebook transmission process according to an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例的又一例上行非码本传输流程示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another uplink non-codebook transmission process according to an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例的一例上行码本传输流程示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of an uplink codebook transmission process according to an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一例传输方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 12 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的一例传输资源与波束的示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an example of transmission resources and beams provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的又一例传输方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 14 is a schematic interaction diagram of another transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图15是本申请实施例提供的一例传输装置的示意性框图。FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of an example transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
图16是本申请实施例提供的又一例传输装置的示意性框图。FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
图17是本申请实施例提供的又一例传输装置的示意性框图。FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
图18是本申请实施例提供的又一例传输装置的示意性框图。FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
图19是本申请实施例提供的一例传输装置的示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an example of a transmission device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图20是本申请实施例提供的又一例传输装置的示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统或新无线(new radio,NR)通信系统以及未来的移动通信系统等。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: a long term evolution (LTE) system, an LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, and an LTE time division duplex (LTE time division duplex). (TDD), 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system or new wireless (NR) communication system, and future mobile communication system.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的移动通信系统的架构示意图。图1中的通信系统可以包括至少一个终端设备(例如终端设备10、终端设备20、终端设备30、终端设备40、终端设备50和终端设备60)和网络设备70。网络设备70用于为终端设备提供通信服务并接入核心网,终端设备可以通过搜索网络设备70发送的同步信号、广播信号等接入网络,从而与网络设备通信。图1中的终端设备10、终端设备20、终端设备30、终端设备40和终端设备60可以与网络设备70直接进行的上/下行传输。此外,终端设备40、终端设备50和终端设备60也可以看作一个通信系统,终端设备60可以发送调度信息给终端设备40和终端设备60。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application. The communication system in FIG. 1 may include at least one terminal device (for example, terminal device 10, terminal device 20, terminal device 30, terminal device 40, terminal device 50, and terminal device 60) and a network device 70. The network device 70 is used to provide communication services for the terminal device and access the core network. The terminal device can access the network by searching for synchronization signals, broadcast signals, and the like sent by the network device 70 to communicate with the network device. The terminal device 10, the terminal device 20, the terminal device 30, the terminal device 40, and the terminal device 60 in FIG. 1 can perform uplink / downlink transmission directly with the network device 70. In addition, the terminal device 40, the terminal device 50, and the terminal device 60 can also be regarded as a communication system, and the terminal device 60 can send scheduling information to the terminal device 40 and the terminal device 60.
在移动通信系统100中,网络设备70是终端设备通过无线方式接入到该移动通信系统中的接入设备。该网络设备700可以是:基站、演进型基站(evolved node B,eNB)、家庭基站、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为NR系统中的gNB,或者,还可以是构成基站的组件或一部分设备,如汇聚单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)或基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)等。在本申请中,网络设备可以是指网络设备本身,也可以是应用于网络设备中完成无线通信处理功能的芯片。应理解,本申请的实施例中,对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。In the mobile communication system 100, the network device 70 is an access device in which the terminal device accesses the mobile communication system wirelessly. The network device 700 may be: a base station, an evolved base station (eNB), a home base station, an access point (AP), a wireless relay node in a wireless fidelity (WIFI) system, The wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., may also be a gNB in an NR system, or it may be a component or a part of the equipment that constitutes a base station, such as A central unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU), or a baseband unit (BBU). In this application, the network device may refer to the network device itself, or a chip applied to the network device to perform a wireless communication processing function. It should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, specific technologies and specific device forms adopted by the network device are not limited.
该移动通信系统100中的终端设备也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端设备(mobile terminal,MT)等。本申请实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑,还可以是应用于虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、工业控制(industrial control)、无人驾驶(self driving)、远程医疗(remote medical)、智能电网(smart grid)、运输安全(transportation safety)、智慧城市(smart city)以及智慧家庭(smart home)等场景中的无线终端设备。本申请中将前述终端设备及可应用于前述终端设备的芯片统称为终端设备。应理解,本申请实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The terminal device in the mobile communication system 100 may also be referred to as a terminal device, a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal device (MT), and the like. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with a wireless transmitting and receiving function, or a virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR) ), Industrial control (industrial control), driverless (self driving), remote medical (remote medical), smart grid (grid), transportation safety (transportation safety), smart city (smart city) and smart home (smart home) ) And other scenarios. In the present application, the foregoing terminal devices and chips applicable to the foregoing terminal devices are collectively referred to as terminal devices. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the terminal device.
下面对本申请涉及到的术语进行介绍。The terms involved in this application are described below.
1、物理下行链路控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)1, physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH)
通信系统的参考信号资源从时间可以被划分成多个正交频分复用多址(orthogonal frequency division multiple,OFDM)符号,从频率上可以被划分成若干个子载波。下行链路中的PDCCH通常占用一个子帧中前两个/三个OFDM符号。PDCCH用于承载下行链路控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。DCI中携带了用户设备特定的资源分配、用户设备的传输方案和用户设备特定的或小区共享的其他控制信息。The reference signal resources of the communication system can be divided into multiple orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDM) symbols from time, and can be divided into several subcarriers from the frequency. The PDCCH in the downlink typically occupies the first two / three OFDM symbols in a subframe. The PDCCH is used to carry downlink control information (DCI). The DCI carries user equipment specific resource allocation, user equipment transmission scheme, and other control information specific to the user equipment or shared by the cell.
2、物理上行链路共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)2. Physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH)
上行链路中的PUSCH用于承载上行发送数据,通常使用离散傅里叶变换扩展OFDM(DFT-spread OFDM,DFT-S-OFDM)生成频域信号。The PUSCH in the uplink is used to carry uplink transmission data. Generally, a discrete Fourier transform spread OFDM (DFT-spread OFDM, DFT-S-OFDM) is used to generate a frequency domain signal.
3、上行信道测量参考信号3. Uplink channel measurement reference signal
终端设备根据网络设备配置的探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)资源发送SRS,并由网络设备在相应的SRS资源上接收SRS进行信道测量,从而网络设备可以 确定上行信道质量,进而可以进行上行频率选择性调度(例如,确定PUSCH传输所占的带宽)。The terminal device sends the SRS according to the sounding reference signal (SRS) resources configured by the network device, and the network device receives the SRS on the corresponding SRS resource for channel measurement, so that the network device can determine the quality of the uplink channel, and then can perform uplink Frequency selective scheduling (e.g., determining the bandwidth occupied by PUSCH transmissions).
网络设备通过高层信令或媒体接入控制单元(medium access control-control element,MAC-CE)信令配置SRS资源所占的时频资源位置,以及在该SRS资源上发送SRS采用的发送方式,在本申请实施例中,高层信令可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令。具体地,每个SRS资源的配置信息中至少包含该SRS资源的索引号、SRS资源所占的时频位置信息、SRS的端口数、时域发送类型、SRS的发送波束信息、SRS的用途。其中,发送SRS占用的资源可以根据表1中所示的配置参数决定。The network device configures the position of the time-frequency resource occupied by the SRS resource and the sending method used to send the SRS on the SRS resource through high-level signaling or medium access control-element (MAC-CE) signaling. In the embodiment of the present application, the high-level signaling may be radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) signaling). Specifically, the configuration information of each SRS resource includes at least the index number of the SRS resource, the time-frequency position information occupied by the SRS resource, the number of SRS ports, the time domain transmission type, the SRS transmission beam information, and the purpose of the SRS. The resources occupied by sending the SRS can be determined according to the configuration parameters shown in Table 1.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000001
如表1所示,SRS资源在频域上指示的最小探测带宽为4个PRB,而且不同的SRS资源的跳频带宽之间具有整数倍的关系,且跳频的图案具有树状结构。As shown in Table 1, the minimum detection bandwidth indicated by the SRS resource in the frequency domain is 4 PRBs, and the frequency hopping bandwidth of different SRS resources has an integer multiple relationship, and the frequency hopping pattern has a tree structure.
如表1所示,SRS资源在时域上配置的时域类型有周期的、半静态的和非周期的。其中,周期的SRS资源配置参数中包含SRS资源slot级周期(例如,2ms、5ms、10ms)和slot级偏置,网络设备通过RRC信令配置SRS资源之后,终端设备会再特定周期的slot内根据配置信息在所确定SRS资源上发送SRS;非周期的SRS资源配置参数中不包含SRS资源slot级周期,网络设备通过RRC信令配置SRS资源之后,会在某个slot内发送DCI,该DCI用于指示该SRS并触发该SRS资源,终端设备会以该DCI所在的slot作为参考并根据预先配置的slot偏置量在所确定的SRS资源上发送SRS。例如,该DCI在slot n指示,预先配置的slot偏移量为k,则终端设备会在slot(n+k)的SRS资源上发送SRS。As shown in Table 1, the time domain types of SRS resources configured in the time domain are periodic, semi-static, and aperiodic. Among them, the periodic SRS resource configuration parameters include the SRS resource slot-level period (for example, 2ms, 5ms, 10ms) and the slot-level offset. After the network device configures the SRS resource through RRC signaling, the terminal device will enter the slot within a specific period. SRS is sent on the determined SRS resources according to the configuration information; the aperiodic SRS resource configuration parameters do not include the SRS resource slot-level period. After the network device configures the SRS resources through RRC signaling, it sends DCI in a slot. The DCI Used to indicate the SRS and trigger the SRS resource. The terminal device uses the slot where the DCI is located as a reference and sends the SRS on the determined SRS resource according to a pre-configured slot offset. For example, if the DCI indicates in the slot and the pre-configured slot offset is k, the terminal device will send an SRS on the SRS resource of slot (n + k).
SRS资源的用途主要为:用于PUSCH发送的信道测量(基于码本的上行传输或基于非码本的上行传输)、用于天线选择(终端设备采用不同的天线发送不同的SRS)、用于上行波束训练(终端设备采用不同的发送波束发送不同的SRS资源)。多个相同用途的SRS资源可以被配置在一个SRS资源集合中,该SRS资源集合中可以包含多个SRS资源共用的配置信息,例如,在一个SRS资源集合中的多个SRS资源均用于上行码本传输或上行非码本传输或者用于波束训练,也可以配置一个SRS资源集合中的多个SRS资源均 为周期或者非周期类型,也可以配置一个SRS资源集合中的多个SRS资源具有相同的端口数等。SRS resources are mainly used for: channel measurement for PUSCH transmission (codebook-based uplink transmission or non-codebook-based uplink transmission), antenna selection (terminal equipment uses different antennas to send different SRS), and for Uplink beam training (terminal equipment uses different transmit beams to send different SRS resources). Multiple SRS resources with the same purpose can be configured in an SRS resource set. The SRS resource set can include configuration information common to multiple SRS resources. For example, multiple SRS resources in one SRS resource set are used for uplink. Codebook transmission or uplink non-codebook transmission or used for beam training. You can also configure multiple SRS resources in an SRS resource set to be periodic or aperiodic. You can also configure multiple SRS resources in an SRS resource set to have The same number of ports, etc.
4、下行信道状态信息参考信号以及信道状态信息上报4.Report of downlink channel state information reference signal and channel state information
应理解,在多个资源上传输的下行参考信号可以为信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference resource,CSI-RS),也可以为同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB),还可以为解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。在本申请实施例中,下行参考信号以CSI-RS为例进行相应的描述,但本申请不限于此。It should be understood that the downlink reference signal transmitted on multiple resources may be a channel state information reference signal (channel-information reference resource, CSI-RS), or a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB). Modulation reference signal (DMRS). In the embodiment of the present application, the downlink reference signal is described by taking the CSI-RS as an example, but the present application is not limited thereto.
CSI-RS主要用于终端设备确定下行信道质量并进行信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)的上报。网络设备在CSI-RS资源上发送CSI-RS,终端设备根据网络设备配置的CSI-RS资源的配置参数,在相应的CSI-RS资源上接收CSI-RS获取下行信道,根据特定的算法和CSI上报规则确定基于该CSI-RS资源的CSI上报的信息,网络设备接收该CSI上报信息,这样网络设备可以根据获得的信道信息进行下行频率选择性调度(例如,确定调度PDSCH传输所占的带宽)。The CSI-RS is mainly used for a terminal device to determine downlink channel quality and report channel state information (channel state information). The network device sends the CSI-RS on the CSI-RS resource, and the terminal device receives the CSI-RS on the corresponding CSI-RS resource to obtain the downlink channel according to the configuration parameters of the CSI-RS resource configured by the network device, and according to the specific algorithm and CSI The reporting rule determines the CSI reported information based on the CSI-RS resource, and the network device receives the CSI reported information, so that the network device can perform selective downlink frequency scheduling based on the obtained channel information (for example, determine the bandwidth occupied by the scheduled PDSCH transmission) .
网络设备通过高层信令比如RRC信令或者MAC-CE信令指示CSI-RS资源的配置信息,每个CSI-RS资源的配置信息中至少包含该CSI-RS资源的索引号、CSI-RS资源所占的时频位置信息、CSI-RS发送端口数、CSI-RS的接收波束信息等。The network device indicates the configuration information of the CSI-RS resource through high-level signaling such as RRC signaling or MAC-CE signaling. The configuration information of each CSI-RS resource includes at least the index number of the CSI-RS resource and the CSI-RS resource. The occupied time-frequency position information, the number of CSI-RS transmission ports, and the received beam information of the CSI-RS.
需要说明的是,CSI-RS资源可以被配置在一个CSI-RS资源集合中,也可以被配置在不同的CSI-RS资源集合中。例如,用于波束训练的多个CSI-RS资源可以被配置在一个CSI-RS资源集合中。It should be noted that the CSI-RS resources may be configured in one CSI-RS resource set, or may be configured in different CSI-RS resource sets. For example, multiple CSI-RS resources used for beam training may be configured in one CSI-RS resource set.
网络设备也可以通过高层信令指示基于某些CSI-RS资源的CSI上报的上报信息(也就是CSI上报的内容和CSI测量方法),终端设备基于CSI-RS资源的配置参数在相应CSI-RS资源上接收CSI-RS获取信道信息,并基于相应的CSI上报的配置参数获得CSI信息并在特定上行资源上上报CSI。CSI的内容包括信道质量指示(channel quality indication,CQI)、预编码矩阵指示(precoding matrix indication,PMI)、CSI-RS资源指示(CSI-RS resource indication,CRI)、同步信号块SSB指示(SSB resource indication,CRI)、秩指示(rank indication,RI)和参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)中的至少一项。The network device may also indicate the reporting information of the CSI report based on some CSI-RS resources (that is, the content of the CSI report and the CSI measurement method) through high-level signaling. The CSI-RS is received on the resource to obtain channel information, and the CSI information is obtained based on the corresponding configuration parameter reported by the CSI and reported to the specific uplink resource. The content of CSI includes channel quality indication (CQI), precoding matrix indication (PMI), CSI-RS resource indication (CRI), and synchronization signal block SSB indication (SSB source). At least one of indication (CRI), rank indication (RI), and reference signal received power (reference signal received power (RSRP)).
其中,根据CSI的用途,上报的CSI分为两类,一类是上报用于表征下行传输的下行传输层数和/或预编码矩阵信息;一类是上报下行传输的波束信息。例如,对应于下行波束训练,通常上报形式为包括CRI、RI以及CRI、RI对应的参考信号接收功率RSRP、信号噪声干扰比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal reception quality,RSRQ)或者信噪比(signal to noise ratio,SNR)中任一项对应的量化值。Among them, according to the use of CSI, the reported CSI is divided into two types, one is reporting the number of downlink transmission layers and / or precoding matrix information used to characterize the downlink transmission, and the other is reporting the beam information of the downlink transmission. For example, corresponding to the downlink beam training, the reporting form usually includes CRI, RI, and the reference signal received power RSRP corresponding to CRI, RI, signal noise interference ratio (SINR), and reference signal reception quality (reference signal). reception quality (RSRQ) or signal-to-noise ratio (SNR).
CSI-RS资源配置和CSI上报配置的时域类型有周期的、半静态的和非周期的。其中,周期的CSI-RS资源配置参数和CSI上报配置参数中包含CSI-RS资源和CSI上报所占的上行资源的slot级周期和slot级偏置,终端设备会在特定周期的slot内根据配置信息在所确定CSI-RS资源上接收CSI-RS,在所确定的CSI上报时刻发送CSI;非周期的CSI-RS资源配置参数和CSI上报配置参数中不包含slot级周期,基站会在某个slot内发送DCI,该DCI用于指示并触发CSI-RS资源以及CSI上报,终端设备会以该DCI所在的slot作为 参考并根据预先配置的slot偏置量在所确定的CSI-RS资源上接收CSI-RS,并根据预先配置的slot偏置量在确定的某个上行资源上上报CSI信息,CSI-RS资源的slot偏置量与CSI上报的slot偏置量不同。例如,该DCI在slot n指示,预先配置的CSI-RS的slot偏移量为k1,预先配置的CSI上报的slot偏移量为k2,则UE会在slot(n+k1)的CSI-RS资源上接收CSI-RS并在slot(n+k1+k2)的上行资源上上报基于CSI-RS测量的CSI。The time domain types for CSI-RS resource configuration and CSI report configuration are periodic, semi-static, and aperiodic. Among them, the periodic CSI-RS resource configuration parameters and CSI report configuration parameters include the slot-level period and slot-level offset of the CSI-RS resource and uplink resources occupied by the CSI report. The terminal device will configure the slot within a specific period according to the configuration. The information receives the CSI-RS on the determined CSI-RS resources and sends CSI at the determined CSI reporting time; the aperiodic CSI-RS resource configuration parameters and CSI reporting configuration parameters do not include the slot-level period, and the base station will A DCI is sent in the slot. The DCI is used to indicate and trigger CSI-RS resources and CSI reporting. The terminal device will use the slot where the DCI is located as a reference and receive on the determined CSI-RS resource according to the pre-configured slot offset. The CSI-RS reports CSI information on a certain uplink resource according to a pre-configured slot offset. The slot offset of the CSI-RS resource is different from the slot offset reported by the CSI. For example, if the DCI indicates in the slot, the slot offset of the pre-configured CSI-RS is k1, and the slot offset of the pre-configured CSI report is k2. Receive the CSI-RS on the resource and report the CSI based on the CSI-RS measurement on the uplink resource of slot (n + k1 + k2).
5、天线面板5.Antenna panel
NR采用的高频频段导致更大的路径损耗,为了克服较大的路径损耗,一种基于波束赋形技术的信号传输机制被采用,以通过较大的天线增益来补偿信号传输过程中的损耗。其中,波束赋形可以用于传输参考信号、数据信道和控制信道。当信号基于波束赋形技术进行传输时,一旦用户发送移动,可能出现传输信号对应的赋形波束的方向不再匹配以后后的用户的位置,从而接收信号频繁中断的问题。为了跟踪信号传输过程中的赋形波束变化以保证信号传输采用对准的波束保证传输性能,因此,NR中引入了波束管理过程。The high-frequency band used by NR causes greater path loss. In order to overcome the larger path loss, a signal transmission mechanism based on beamforming technology is adopted to compensate for the loss in the signal transmission process through a larger antenna gain. . Among them, beamforming can be used to transmit reference signals, data channels, and control channels. When the signal is transmitted based on the beamforming technology, once the user sends a movement, there may be a problem that the direction of the shaped beam corresponding to the transmitted signal no longer matches the position of the user in the future, and thus the received signal is frequently interrupted. In order to track the change of the shaped beam in the signal transmission process to ensure that the signal transmission uses the aligned beam to ensure the transmission performance, therefore, a beam management process is introduced in the NR.
网络设备和终端设备均可能设置至少一个天线面板,每个天线面板对应一套独立的发送链路,包括功率放大器、射频等,且每个天线面板可以通过移相器产生多个模拟波束,但由于移相器的工作原理使得同一个天线面板生产的模拟波束不能同时使用,即一个天线面板生产的多个模拟波束只能时分复用,而多个天线面板生产的各自独立的模拟波束可以同时使用,即多个天线面板生产的多个模拟波束可以频分复用。同时,每个天线面板中的多根物理天线可以进一步生产数字波束(例如,预编码器(precoder)或者预编码矩阵),数字波束可以频分复用,即每个包含多根天线的天线面板均可以支持多层的数据传输,每层的数据传输采用一个正交的预编码矩阵,多层的数据传采用一个相同的模拟波束。Both network equipment and terminal equipment may be provided with at least one antenna panel, and each antenna panel corresponds to a set of independent transmission links, including power amplifiers, radio frequency, etc., and each antenna panel can generate multiple analog beams through phase shifters, but Due to the working principle of the phase shifter, the analog beams produced by the same antenna panel cannot be used simultaneously, that is, multiple analog beams produced by one antenna panel can only be time-division multiplexed, and the independent analog beams produced by multiple antenna panels can be simultaneously Use, that is, multiple analog beams produced by multiple antenna panels can be frequency division multiplexed. At the same time, multiple physical antennas in each antenna panel can further produce digital beams (for example, precoders or precoding matrices), and digital beams can be frequency division multiplexed, that is, each antenna panel containing multiple antennas Both can support multiple layers of data transmission. Each layer of data transmission uses an orthogonal precoding matrix, and the data transmission of multiple layers uses the same analog beam.
6、波束训练6.Beam training
波束训练的目的是为了获得较优的收发波束从而使用经过训练获得的较优波束进行信息的接收和发送。在以下的描述和本申请实施例的详细介绍中,将以基站作为网络设备,以基站和终端设备之间的通信为例进行说明。The purpose of beam training is to obtain better transmit and receive beams and use the better beams obtained through training to receive and send information. In the following description and detailed description of the embodiments of the present application, a base station is used as a network device, and communication between the base station and a terminal device is taken as an example for description.
对于下行传输,基站和终端设备在物理层的通信流程可以是:通过波束训练确定最优收发波束、信道状态测量参数等,终端设备采用基站指示的(基于波束训练确定的)收波束和传输方式接收数据或控制信息。其中,通过波束训练确定最优收发波束具体可以是基站发送用于波束训练的参考信号(reference signal,RS),终端设备接收用于波束训练的RS并基于该RS进行信号质量的测量,对于下行测量需要终端设备上报相关信息;信道状态测量具体可以是基站发送用于信道测量的RS,对于下行测量需要上报相关信息。For downlink transmission, the communication process between the base station and the terminal equipment at the physical layer can be: determining the optimal transmit and receive beams, channel state measurement parameters, etc. through beam training. The terminal equipment uses the beam receiving and transmission modes indicated by the base station (determined based on beam training). Receive data or control information. The determination of the optimal transmit and receive beam through beam training may specifically be a reference signal (RS) sent by the base station for beam training. The terminal device receives the RS used for beam training and performs signal quality measurement based on the RS. The measurement requires the terminal device to report related information; the channel state measurement may specifically be an RS sent by the base station for channel measurement, and related information needs to be reported for downlink measurement.
对于上行传输,基站和终端设备在物理层的通信流程可以是:通过波束训练确定最优收发波束、信道状态测量、终端设备采用基站指示的发波束和传输方式传数据或者控制信息。其中,通过波束训练确定最优收发波束具体可以是终端设备发送用于波束训练的RS,基站接收用于波束训练的RS并基于该RS进行信号质量的测量;信道状态测量具体可以是终端设备发送用于信道测量的RS并基于该RS进行信道测量。For uplink transmission, the communication process between the base station and the terminal device at the physical layer may be: determining the optimal transmit / receive beam through beam training, channel state measurement, and transmitting data or control information by the terminal device using the transmit beam and transmission mode indicated by the base station. Among them, the determination of the optimal transmit and receive beam through beam training may specifically be the RS sent by the terminal device for beam training, and the base station receives the RS used for beam training and performs signal quality measurement based on the RS; the channel state measurement may specifically be sent by the terminal device An RS for channel measurement and channel measurement based on the RS.
需要说明的是,上述的传输方式可以包括调制和编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)、预编码和传输层数中的至少一项。It should be noted that the above-mentioned transmission manner may include at least one of a modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), precoding, and the number of transmission layers.
波束训练分为上行波束训练和下行波束训练。下行波束训练通常会基于:终端设备扫描接收波束同时基站扫描发送波束,完成较优收发波束的训练,其中基站扫描发送波束的 过程就是采用不同的发送波束发送多个CSI-RS或者多个SSB,在本申请的描述过程中,均以CSI-RS为例进行详细的说明。终端设备扫描接收波束的过程就是采用不同的接收波束接收多个CSI-RS的过程。Beam training is divided into uplink beam training and downlink beam training. Downlink beam training is usually based on: the terminal device scans the receive beam and the base station scans the transmit beam to complete the training of the optimal transmit and receive beams. The process of the base station scanning the transmit beam is to use different transmit beams to send multiple CSI-RS or multiple SSBs. In the description process of this application, CSI-RS is taken as an example for detailed description. The process of scanning the receiving beam by the terminal device is a process of receiving multiple CSI-RSs by using different receiving beams.
图2是为下行波束训练的三种类型。如图2所示,具体包括以下三种情况:Figure 2 shows three types of training for the downlink beam. As shown in Figure 2, it specifically includes the following three cases:
(1)基站和终端设备同时进行收发波束的测量,也就是基站发送多个CSI-RS采用不同的发送波束,同时终端设备接收该多个CSI-RS采用不同的接收波束,该过程通常需要终端设备上报测量结果以使得基站获得最优的发送波束信息,即通过上报某些CSI-RS的ID以及相应的信号质量参数(SINR和RSRP)上报某些最优的收发波束对儿用于后续的PDSCH发送。(1) The base station and the terminal device measure the transmit and receive beams simultaneously, that is, the base station sends multiple CSI-RSs using different transmit beams, and the terminal device receives the multiple CSI-RSs with different receive beams. This process usually requires the terminal The device reports the measurement results to enable the base station to obtain the optimal transmit beam information, that is, to report certain optimal transmit and receive beam pairs for subsequent follow-up by reporting some CSI-RS IDs and corresponding signal quality parameters (SINR and RSRP). PDSCH is sent.
(2)基站固定发送波束同时终端设备扫描接收波束,也就是基站发送多个CSI-RS采用相同的发送波束,同时终端设备接收该多个CSI-RS采用不同的接收波束,该过程通常不需要终端设备上报测量结果,此时通常假设基站已经确定了最优的发送波束需要终端设备基于最优的发送波束确定最优的接收波束,后续基站采用该最优的发送波束发送PDSCH时,终端设备会采用经过训练获得的最优接收波束接收PDSCH。(2) The base station sends a fixed beam while the terminal device scans the receive beam, that is, the base station sends multiple CSI-RSs using the same transmit beam, and the terminal device receives the multiple CSI-RSs with different receive beams. This process usually does not require The terminal device reports the measurement result. At this time, it is usually assumed that the base station has determined the optimal transmission beam. The terminal device is required to determine the optimal reception beam based on the optimal transmission beam. When the subsequent base station uses the optimal transmission beam to transmit the PDSCH, the terminal device The PDSCH will be received using the optimal receiving beam obtained through training.
(3)基站扫描发送波束同时终端设备固定接收波束测量并比较多个发送波束的信号质量并上报最优波束信息,也就是基站采用不同的发送波束发送多个CSI-RS,终端设备采用相同的接收波束接收该多个CSI-RS,该过程通常需要终端设备上报测量结果,将最优的信号质量对应的CSI-RS上报其ID(以CRI的形式)以使得基站获得最优的发送波束信息。(3) The base station scans the transmission beam while the terminal equipment measures the fixed reception beam and compares the signal quality of multiple transmission beams and reports the optimal beam information. That is, the base station uses different transmission beams to send multiple CSI-RSs. The terminal equipment uses the same The receiving beam receives the multiple CSI-RSs. This process usually requires the terminal device to report the measurement results and report the CSI-RS corresponding to the optimal signal quality to its ID (in the form of CRI) so that the base station can obtain the optimal transmission beam information. .
在以上介绍的下行波束训练的过程中,终端设备通过对多个波束发送的多个CSI-RS进行测量,选择多个波束中较优的N个波束,并将较优的N个波束对应的CRI以及相应的测量参数上报给基站,基站可以获知最优的发送波束信息从而确定后续PDSCH的发送波束。具体地,终端设备对多个波束的测量就是测量用于波束管理的CSI-RS并获得相应的RSRP/SINR信息,该信息表征了当前波束对应的信号接收质量:某个信号的RSRP/SINR较大时,意味着该波束对应的信号接收质量较好,则终端设备选择RSRP/SINR较大的N个CSI-RS作为优选的波束上报给基站相应CSI-RS资源的ID。终端设备上报CRI的同时,还需要上报相应的RSRP值,目前协议中定义的RSRP上报的值为经过RSRP绝对值进行量化后的7比特,例如,7比特的每个比特值对应了区间[-140,-44]毫瓦分贝(decibel referred to one milliWatt,dBm)中步长为1dBm的每个取值。基站在发送PDSCH之前,会将最优收发波束对应的CSI-RS ID配置给PDSCH传输并通知终端设备,则终端设备接收PDSCH时采用接收该CSI-RS对应的接收波束。During the downlink beam training process described above, the terminal device measures the multiple CSI-RSs sent by multiple beams, selects the better N beams among the multiple beams, and maps the better N beams to The CRI and corresponding measurement parameters are reported to the base station, and the base station can obtain the optimal transmission beam information to determine the subsequent transmission beam of the PDSCH. Specifically, the terminal device's measurement of multiple beams is to measure the CSI-RS used for beam management and obtain the corresponding RSRP / SINR information, which represents the signal reception quality corresponding to the current beam: the RSRP / SINR of a signal is When it is large, it means that the signal reception quality corresponding to the beam is better, and the terminal device selects N CSI-RSs with larger RSRP / SINR as the preferred beam to report to the ID of the corresponding CSI-RS resource of the base station. When the terminal device reports the CRI, it also needs to report the corresponding RSRP value. The RSRP report value defined in the current protocol is 7 bits after quantizing the absolute RSRP value. For example, each bit value of 7 bits corresponds to the interval [- 140, -44] Decibel (referred to milliWatt, dBm) each step of 1dBm. Before transmitting the PDSCH, the base station configures the CSI-RS ID corresponding to the optimal transmit / receive beam for PDSCH transmission and notifies the terminal device. When the terminal device receives the PDSCH, it uses the receive beam corresponding to the CSI-RS.
上行波束训练与下行波束训练过程十分类似,图4是为上行波束训练的三种类型。如图4所示,具体包括以下三种情况:The uplink beam training and downlink beam training processes are very similar. Figure 4 shows the three types of uplink beam training. As shown in Figure 4, it specifically includes the following three cases:
(1)基站和终端设备同时进行收发波束的测量,也就是终端设备发送多个SRS采用不同的发送波束,同时基站接收该多个SRS采用不同的接收波束,基站根据接收多个SRS的信号质量对比,可以确定最优的上行传输采用的收发波束,所以该过程通常不需要终端设备上报测量结果。基站可以直接将最优的收发波束对应的SRS ID配置给SRS(用于上行码本、非码本传输)以及PUSCH并通知终端设备相应的配置,从而终端设备发送后续SRS或者PUSCH时可以采用基站确定的最优发送波束。(1) The base station and the terminal device measure the transmit and receive beams simultaneously, that is, the terminal device sends multiple SRSs using different transmit beams, and the base station receives the multiple SRSs using different receive beams, and the base station receives the signal quality of the multiple SRSs. In contrast, the optimal transmit and receive beams for uplink transmission can be determined, so this process usually does not require the terminal device to report the measurement results. The base station can directly configure the SRS ID corresponding to the optimal transmit and receive beam to the SRS (for uplink codebook and non-codebook transmission) and PUSCH and notify the terminal device of the corresponding configuration, so that the terminal device can use the base station when sending subsequent SRS or PUSCH. Determine the optimal transmit beam.
(2)基站固定接收波束同时终端设备扫描发送波束,也就是终端设备发送多个SRS采用相同的发送波束,同时基站接收该多个SRS采用不同的接收波束,该过程通常不需要终端设备上报测量结果,基站根据接收多个SRS的信号质量对比,可以确定最优的上行传输采用的收发波束,所以该过程通常不需要终端设备上报测量结果。基站可以直接将最优的收发波束对应的SRS ID配置给SRS(用于上行码本、非码本传输)以及PUSCH并通知终端设备相应的配置,从而终端设备发送后续SRS或者PUSCH时可以采用基站确定的最优发送波束。当终端设备具有多面板时,终端设备需要在多个SRS资源集合上发送SRS进行多个天线面板上的发送波束训练。(2) The base station fixedly receives the beam while the terminal device scans the transmit beam, that is, the terminal device sends multiple SRSs using the same transmit beam, and the base station receives the multiple SRSs using different receive beams. This process usually does not require the terminal device to report measurements As a result, the base station can determine the optimal transmit and receive beams for uplink transmission based on the signal quality comparison of the received multiple SRSs, so this process usually does not require the terminal device to report the measurement results. The base station can directly configure the SRS ID corresponding to the optimal transmit and receive beam to the SRS (for uplink codebook and non-codebook transmission) and PUSCH and notify the terminal device of the corresponding configuration, so that the terminal device can use the base station when sending subsequent SRS or PUSCH. Determine the optimal transmit beam. When the terminal device has multiple panels, the terminal device needs to send SRS on multiple SRS resource sets to perform transmission beam training on multiple antenna panels.
(3)基站扫描接收波束同时终端设备固定发送波束,基站通过SRS的测量并比较多个接收波束的信号质量。(3) The base station scans the receiving beam while the terminal equipment fixes the transmitting beam. The base station measures the SRS and compares the signal quality of multiple receiving beams.
终端设备进行上行数据和参考信号传输时,需要根据基站指示的波束信息确定上行数据和参考信号的发送波束信息,以使得基站可以采用与之匹配的接收波束接收该数据和参考信号,且保证上行传输采用较优的波束。其中,基站指示的波束信息以SRS(用于波束训练的)ID的形式通知终端设备上行发送使用的发送波束。如图5所示,基站配置2个SRS资源集合,分别是SRS资源集合0和SRS资源集合1,每个SRS资源集合中包含4个1端口的SRS资源,每个SRS均用一个波束发送(图中每个圈代表一个波束)。基站接收该SRS并通过测量确定SRS 0对应的波束为最优收发波束,将该波束配置给用于信道测量的SRS,终端设备采用SRS 0对应的发送波束发送该SRS,基站再基于该SRS的测量确定PUSCH的发送方式,比如TPMI等指示给终端设备,终端设备基于SRS 0采用的发送波束以及TPMI等发送PUSCH。或者如图6所示,基站配置2个SRS资源集合,分别是SRS资源集合0和SRS资源集合1,每个SRS资源集合中包含4个1端口的SRS资源,每个SRS均用一个波束发送。基站接收该SRS并通过测量确定SRS 0对应的波束和SRS 4对应的波束均为最优收发波束,将该两个波束配置给用于信道测量的SRS,终端设备采用SRS 0和SRS 4对应的发送波束发送该SRS,基站再基于该SRS的测量确定PUSCH的发送方式,比如TPMI等指示给终端设备,终端设备基于SRS 0采用的发送波束为最佳的发送PUSCH的方式。When the terminal device transmits uplink data and reference signals, it needs to determine the uplink data and reference signal transmission beam information according to the beam information indicated by the base station, so that the base station can receive the data and reference signals with a matching receiving beam and ensure uplink The transmission uses a better beam. Wherein, the beam information indicated by the base station notifies the terminal device of a transmission beam used for uplink transmission in the form of an SRS (for beam training) ID. As shown in FIG. 5, the base station is configured with two SRS resource sets, namely SRS resource set 0 and SRS resource set 1. Each SRS resource set includes four 1-port SRS resources, and each SRS is transmitted using one beam ( Each circle in the figure represents a beam). The base station receives the SRS and determines through measurement that the beam corresponding to SRS 0 is the optimal transmit / receive beam, and configures the beam to the SRS for channel measurement. The terminal device sends the SRS using the transmission beam corresponding to SRS 0. The measurement determines the PUSCH transmission mode, for example, the TPMI is instructed to the terminal device, and the terminal device sends the PUSCH based on the transmission beam used by the SRS 0 and the TPMI. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 6, the base station configures two SRS resource sets, namely SRS resource set 0 and SRS resource set 1. Each SRS resource set includes four 1-port SRS resources, and each SRS is transmitted using one beam. . The base station receives the SRS and determines through measurement that the beam corresponding to SRS 0 and the beam corresponding to SRS 4 are optimal transmit and receive beams. The two beams are allocated to the SRS for channel measurement, and the terminal equipment uses SRS 0 and SRS 4 corresponding. The transmission beam transmits the SRS, and the base station determines the PUSCH transmission method based on the measurement of the SRS, for example, the TPMI indicates to the terminal device, and the terminal device uses the transmission beam adopted by the SRS 0 to be the optimal method for transmitting the PUSCH.
目前标准中还支持在时分双工复用(time division duplexing,TDD)场景下(即上行传输和下行传输通过时分复用相同的频率资源,TDD系统通常具备信道互易性特征),通过下行波束训练获得的最优接收波束可以作为上行传输的最优发送波束,该方法基于波束一致性假设。若终端设备的波束一致性假设成立,则表明终端设备的上行发射天线和下行接收天线的完成了校准,此时如果信道的互易性成立,则终端设备上行发射使用的较优波束可以直接通过其下行接收的较优波束获得,终端设备下行接收使用的较优波束也可以直接通过其上行发送的较优波束获得;若终端设备的波束一致性假设不成立,则不能进行上述假设。这样,在波束一致性和信道互易性均成立时,可以省去上行波束训练的过程,直接根据下行波束训练过程的结果确定上行发送波束信息以减小上行波束训练带来的资源开销和传输时延的加大。例如图7所示,下行波束训练中确定CSI-RS 0对应的收发波束为最优的波束,并配置给SRS,终端设备发送该SRS的发送波束采用CSI-RS 0对应的接收波束(波束互易)并进行后续PUSCH发送。或者,如图8所示,下行波束训练中确定CSI-RS 0和CSI-RS 4对应的收发波束为最优的波束,并配置给SRS,终端设备发送该 SRS的发送波束采用CSI-RS 0和CSI-RS 4对应的接收波束(波束互易)。终端设备采用SRS 0和SRS 4对应的发送波束发送该SRS,基站再基于该SRS的测量确定PUSCH的发送方式,比如TPMI等指示给终端设备,终端设备基于SRS 0采用的发送波束为最佳的发送PUSCH的方式。The current standard also supports the use of time division duplexing (TDD) scenarios (that is, uplink and downlink transmissions use the same frequency resources through time division multiplexing, and TDD systems usually have channel reciprocity characteristics). The optimal receiving beam obtained through training can be used as the optimal transmitting beam for uplink transmission. This method is based on the assumption of beam consistency. If the beam consistency assumption of the terminal equipment is established, it indicates that the uplink transmitting antenna and the downlink receiving antenna of the terminal equipment have been calibrated. At this time, if the channel reciprocity is established, the better beam used by the terminal equipment for uplink transmission can pass directly. The better beams for downlink reception are obtained, and the better beams used by the terminal device for downlink reception can also be obtained directly from the better beams sent by the uplink device. If the beam consistency assumption of the terminal device is not valid, the above assumptions cannot be made. In this way, when the beam consistency and channel reciprocity are both established, the process of uplink beam training can be omitted, and the uplink beam information can be determined directly based on the results of the downlink beam training process to reduce the resource overhead and transmission caused by uplink beam training. Increased delay. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, in the downlink beam training, it is determined that the receiving and transmitting beam corresponding to CSI-RS0 is the optimal beam, and it is configured to the SRS. The transmitting beam sent by the terminal device using the SRS is the receiving beam corresponding to CSI-RS0 (beam mutual Easy) and perform subsequent PUSCH transmission. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 8, in the downlink beam training, it is determined that the receiving and transmitting beams corresponding to CSI-RS 0 and CSI-RS 4 are optimal beams, and are configured for the SRS. Receive beam corresponding to CSI-RS 4 (beam reciprocity). The terminal equipment sends the SRS using the transmission beams corresponding to SRS0 and SRS4, and the base station then determines the PUSCH transmission method based on the measurement of the SRS. For example, the TPMI indicates to the terminal equipment. The transmission beam used by the terminal equipment based on SRS0 is the best. Method for sending PUSCH.
对于上行收发波束可以采用的描述方式是空间滤波参数信息(spatial relation info),下行收发波束采用的描述方式为空间同位置假设(spatial quasi-co location,spatial QCL)。由于波束测量是基于参考信号的测量进行的,即波束训练过程中会配置多个RS资源,每个RS资源上发送RS采用不同的收发波束,对于下行波束训练而言,终端设备经过测量所述用于波束训练的CSI-RS资源上报最优的接收波束对应的CSI-RS资源索引号(例如CSI-RS资源指示CRI)。对于上行波束训练而言,基站测量所述用于上行波束训练的SRS资源,然后指示最优的收发波束对应的SRS资源索引号。例如在上行传输中,用于信道测量的SRS资源的发送波束通过spatial relation info确定,该参数指示了一个参考信号的索引,参考信号的类型包括SRS、CSI-RS等。当高层参数配置为SRS资源索引值时,所述用于信道测量的SRS资源上发送SRS的空间滤波信息与用于波束训练的SRS资源上发送SRS采用的发送波束相同;当高层参数配置为CSI-RS资源索引值时,所述用于信道测量的SRS资源上发送SRS的空间滤波信息与用于波束训练的CSI-RS资源上接收CSI-RS采用的接收波束相同。基于关联的参考信号资源索引,终端设备根据高层参数可推断出发送SRS的发送波束信息。The description method that can be adopted for the uplink transmit and receive beams is spatial filtering parameter information, and the description mode that is used for the downlink transmit and receive beams is spatial co-location (spatial, QCL). Because the beam measurement is based on the measurement of the reference signal, that is, multiple RS resources are configured during the beam training process. Each RS resource uses different transmit and receive beams to transmit RSs. For downlink beam training, the terminal device is measured. The CSI-RS resources used for beam training report the CSI-RS resource index number (for example, the CSI-RS resource indication CRI) corresponding to the optimal receiving beam. For uplink beam training, the base station measures the SRS resources used for uplink beam training, and then indicates the SRS resource index number corresponding to the optimal transmit and receive beam. For example, in uplink transmission, the transmission beam of the SRS resource used for channel measurement is determined through spatial information. This parameter indicates an index of a reference signal, and the type of the reference signal includes SRS, CSI-RS, and so on. When the high-level parameter is configured as the SRS resource index value, the spatial filtering information for sending SRS on the SRS resource used for channel measurement is the same as the transmission beam used for sending SRS on the SRS resource used for beam training; when the high-level parameter is configured as CSI When the RS resource index value is used, the spatial filtering information of the SRS transmitted on the SRS resource used for channel measurement is the same as the received beam used to receive the CSI-RS on the CSI-RS resource used for beam training. Based on the associated reference signal resource index, the terminal device can infer the transmission beam information of the SRS according to the high-level parameters.
对于上行而言,可以通过SRS资源配置隐式地定义了终端设备的天线面板,具体为:基站可以配置多个SRS资源集合,每个SRS资源集合中的SRS均不能同时发送且不同SRS资源集合中的SRS均能同时发送,这就意味着每个SRS资源集合对应一个终端设备的天线面板,每个SRS资源集合中的不同SRS资源对应一个终端设备天线面板的不同发送波束。例如图3所示,基站配置两个SRS资源集合,其中SRS资源集合0对应终端设备的一个天线面板,SRS资源集合1对应终端设备的另一个天线面板,两个资源集合内的每个SRS资源上发送的SRS可以对应不同的/相同的终端设备发送波束。For uplink, the antenna panel of the terminal device can be implicitly defined through the SRS resource configuration. Specifically, the base station can configure multiple SRS resource sets, and the SRSs in each SRS resource set cannot be sent simultaneously and different SRS resource sets. All SRS in the device can be sent at the same time, which means that each SRS resource set corresponds to an antenna panel of a terminal device, and different SRS resources in each SRS resource set correspond to different transmission beams of an antenna panel of a terminal device. For example, as shown in FIG. 3, the base station is configured with two SRS resource sets, where SRS resource set 0 corresponds to one antenna panel of the terminal device, SRS resource set 1 corresponds to another antenna panel of the terminal device, and each SRS resource in the two resource sets The SRS transmitted on the uplink may correspond to different / same terminal equipment transmitting beams.
所以本申请中,接收波束以及天线面板也可以采用类似的方式体现,即基于参考信号资源或者参考信号资源集合的索引值表征接收波束或者天线面板的索引值,基于参考信号资源或者参考信号资源集合的数量表征接收波束或者天线面板的数量。Therefore, in this application, the receiving beam and the antenna panel can also be embodied in a similar manner, that is, the index value of the receiving beam or the antenna panel is characterized based on the index value of the reference signal resource or the reference signal resource set, and based on the reference signal resource or the reference signal resource set. The number represents the number of receive beams or antenna panels.
7、基于非码本的上行传输7. Uplink transmission based on non-codebook
上行数据信道PUSCH的传输模式包括基于非码本的传输模式,该传输模式主要用于TDD系统,即终端设备可以通过下行信道信息直接推导获得上行信道信息,或者基站可以通过上行信道信息直接推导获得下行信道信息。例如,终端设备通过CSI-RS获得下行信道协方差矩阵H,将H进行共轭转置操作后的矩阵H’为上行信道协方差矩阵。The transmission mode of the uplink data channel PUSCH includes a non-codebook-based transmission mode. This transmission mode is mainly used in the TDD system, that is, the terminal device can directly derive the uplink channel information through the downlink channel information, or the base station can directly obtain the uplink channel information through the uplink channel information. Downlink channel information. For example, a terminal device obtains a downlink channel covariance matrix H through a CSI-RS, and a matrix H 'after performing a conjugate transpose operation on H is an uplink channel covariance matrix.
对基于非码本的上行传输而言,基站首先通过RRC信令指示SRS资源配置信息和与该SRS关联的CSI-RS资源配置信息,其中,CSI-RS资源配置信息中包括该资源的端口、所占的时频资源等。基站在相应的时频资源上发送CSI-RS,终端设备在相应的时频资源上接收CSI-RS并基于信道互易性假设结合自身算法获得候选的预编码矩阵,进而在相应的SRS资源上发送经过所述候选预编码的SRS,基站在相应的SRS时频资源上接收并测量经过加权的SRS获得上行信道信息。基站通过自身的实现算法确定调度该终端设备发 送PUSCH所使用的时频资源以及传输方案,并通过用于上行调度的PDCCH中承载的DCI信令将这些信息指示给终端设备。所述传输方案至少包括终端设备发送PUSCH所使用的波束信息、SRS资源选择指示(SRS resource Indicator,SRI)、调制和编码方案(Modulation and Coding Scheme,MCS)、天线端口指示信息。终端设备在接收到该调度PUSCH传输的DCI之后,会按照DCI中指示的时频资源以及发送方案进行PUSCH传输。其中,每个SRS资源上发送的SRS都对应一个预编码矩阵,通常,每个SRS资源为1个虚拟端口,高层信令配置的SRS资源个数表征了PUSCH传输所能支持的最大层数。终端设备在发送PUSCH的同时需要发送与PUSCH相关联的DM-RS,基站通过DM-RS进行信道估计并解调对应的PUSCH。DM-RS端口与SRI指示的SRS资源一一对应。其中,SRI的作用是指示终端设备发送PUSCH使用的发送天线间的相位加权按照发送SRI指示的SRS的发送天线间进行相同的相位加权操作,并同时指示了PUSCH的传输层数。For non-codebook-based uplink transmission, the base station first indicates the SRS resource configuration information and the CSI-RS resource configuration information associated with the SRS through RRC signaling. The CSI-RS resource configuration information includes the port of the resource, Time-frequency resources occupied, etc. The base station sends the CSI-RS on the corresponding time-frequency resource, and the terminal device receives the CSI-RS on the corresponding time-frequency resource and obtains the candidate precoding matrix based on the channel reciprocity assumption and its own algorithm, and then on the corresponding SRS resource The SRS that has passed the candidate precoding is sent, and the base station receives and measures the weighted SRS on the corresponding SRS time-frequency resources to obtain uplink channel information. The base station uses its own implementation algorithm to determine the time-frequency resources and transmission scheme used to schedule the terminal device to send the PUSCH, and indicates this information to the terminal device through the DCI signaling carried in the PDCCH for uplink scheduling. The transmission scheme includes at least beam information used by the terminal device to send the PUSCH, SRS resource selection indicator (SRI), modulation and coding scheme (MCS), and antenna port indication information. After receiving the DCI for scheduling the PUSCH transmission, the terminal device performs PUSCH transmission according to the time-frequency resources and the sending scheme indicated in the DCI. The SRS transmitted on each SRS resource corresponds to a precoding matrix. Generally, each SRS resource is a virtual port. The number of SRS resources configured by high-level signaling indicates the maximum number of layers that can be supported by PUSCH transmission. The terminal device needs to send the DM-RS associated with the PUSCH while transmitting the PUSCH, and the base station performs channel estimation and demodulates the corresponding PUSCH through the DM-RS. The DM-RS ports correspond one-to-one with the SRS resources indicated by the SRI. Among them, the role of the SRI is to instruct the terminal device to perform phase weighting between the transmitting antennas used for transmitting the PUSCH according to the same phase weighting operation between the transmitting antennas transmitting the SRS indicated by the SRI, and at the same time indicate the number of transmission layers of the PUSCH.
如表2所示为SRI字段的描述,其中,N SRS表示基站通过高层信令配置的SRS资源个数,SRI字段的比特数取决于配置的SRS资源个数。当SRS资源个数大于1时,SRI字段的比特数大于0。以N SRS=4为例,4比特的SRI字段的每一个状态都用于指示选择一个或者多个SRS资源,SRS资源个数表征了传输层数。比如4个单端口SRS资源(索引值从0到3)上的预编码矩阵分别为:[1 0 0 0],[0 1 0 0],[0 0 1 0],[0 0 0 1],当SRI字段指示为”0100”时,对应SRI字段的索引值=7,此时SRS资源编号1和2被指示,则PUSCH传输采用2层,且每层的预编码矩阵分别为[0 1 0 0]和[0 0 1 0]。 Table 2 shows the description of the SRI field, where N SRS represents the number of SRS resources configured by the base station through high-level signaling, and the number of bits in the SRI field depends on the number of SRS resources configured. When the number of SRS resources is greater than 1, the number of bits in the SRI field is greater than 0. Taking N SRS = 4 as an example, each state of the 4-bit SRI field is used to indicate the selection of one or more SRS resources, and the number of SRS resources represents the number of transmission layers. For example, the precoding matrices on four single-port SRS resources (index values from 0 to 3) are: [1 0 0 0], [0 1 0 0], [0 0 1 0], [0 0 0 1] When the SRI field indicates "0100", the index value corresponding to the SRI field = 7, and at this time, the SRS resource numbers 1 and 2 are indicated, then the PUSCH transmission uses 2 layers, and the precoding matrix of each layer is [0 1 0 0] and [0 0 1 0].
表2 SRI字段示例Table 2 Example of SRI field
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000002
结合波束训练(beam management,BM)的上行非码本传输流程如图9所示。图9中第一步时下行波束训练过程,基站配置多个CSI-RS资源,如图中的CSI-RS 0到CSI-RS 7。每个CSI-RS资源对应一组收发波束以及终端设备的天线面板,比如CSI-RS 0-3对应终端设备的天线面板1以及该天线面板1生成的接收波束,CSI-RS 4-7对应终端设备的天线面板2以及该天线面板2生成的接收波束。终端设备基于CSI-RS 0-7的测量上报两个最优的收发波束对应的CSI-RS资源索引为0和4,即确定CSI-RS 0和CSI-RS 4为最优的收发波束对儿。之后,基站配置4个用于上行传输信道测量的SRS资源,SRS 0-1的空间滤波信息与CSI-RS 0关联,SRS 2-3的空间滤波信息与CSI-RS 4关联,即终端设备发送4个SRS分别采用CSI-RS 0和CSI-RS 4的接收波束,CSI-RS 0和CSI-RS 4可能对应不同的终端设备天线面板的接收波束。The uplink non-codebook transmission process combining beam management (BM) is shown in FIG. 9. In the downlink beam training process in the first step in FIG. 9, the base station configures multiple CSI-RS resources, such as CSI-RS 0 to CSI-RS 7 in the figure. Each CSI-RS resource corresponds to a set of transmitting and receiving beams and the antenna panel of the terminal device. For example, CSI-RS 0-3 corresponds to the antenna panel 1 of the terminal device and the receiving beam generated by the antenna panel 1, and CSI-RS 4-7 corresponds to the terminal. The antenna panel 2 of the device and the reception beam generated by the antenna panel 2. The terminal equipment reports the CSI-RS resource indexes corresponding to the two optimal transmit and receive beams based on the CSI-RS 0-7 measurements, which are 0 and 4, which means that CSI-RS 0 and CSI-RS 4 are the optimal transmit and receive beam pairs. . After that, the base station configures 4 SRS resources for uplink transmission channel measurement. The spatial filtering information of SRS0-1 is associated with CSI-RS0, and the spatial filtering information of SRS2-3 is associated with CSI-RS4, that is, the terminal device sends The four SRSs use the receiving beams of CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS4, respectively. CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS4 may correspond to the receiving beams of different terminal equipment antenna panels.
进一步地,基于非码本传输方式,终端设备会在SRS 0和SRS 1上采用不同的precoder(数字预编码)方案,该预编码矩阵是终端设备天线面板1中的天线加权获得,同时,在SRS 2和SRS 3上也采用不同的预编码矩阵(数字预编码)方案,该预编码矩阵是终端设备天线面板2中的天线加权获得。基站收到4个SRS后,可以指示SRI选择其中一个或者多个SRS资源,则PUSCH传输所采用的天线面板以及发送波束以及预编码矩阵与SRI选择的SRS资源一致。当基站指示SRI选择SRS 0和SRS 1时,则PUSCH传输所采用的天线面板1,当基站指示SRI选择SRS 0和SRS 3时,则PUSCH传输同时采用天线面板1和天线面板2。Further, based on the non-codebook transmission method, the terminal device will use different precoder (digital precoding) schemes on SRS0 and SRS1. The precoding matrix is obtained by weighting the antennas in the antenna panel 1 of the terminal device. SRS 2 and SRS 3 also use different precoding matrix (digital precoding) schemes, which are obtained by antenna weighting in the antenna panel 2 of the terminal device. After receiving the 4 SRSs, the base station may instruct the SRI to select one or more SRS resources, and then the antenna panel, transmission beam, and precoding matrix used for PUSCH transmission are consistent with the SRS resources selected by the SRI. When the base station instructs SRI to select SRS 0 and SRS 1, antenna panel 1 is used for PUSCH transmission. When the base station instructs SRI to select SRS 0 and SRS 3, antenna panel 1 and antenna panel 2 are used for PUSCH transmission.
应理解,图9中示出的CSI-RS资源和SRS资源的配置方式只是一种示例,还可以包括更多种不同的资源配置方式,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that the configuration manner of the CSI-RS resource and the SRS resource shown in FIG. 9 is only an example, and may also include more different resource configuration manners, which is not limited in this application.
对以上介绍的基于非码本的上行传输,当2个SRS资源的spatial Relation Info配置为2个CSI-RS索引值时,例如,图9中SRS 0可以配置为CSI-RS 0的索引值,SRS 2可以配置为CSI-RS 4的索引值。由于波束训练过程中终端设备上报RSRP/SINR最高的CSI-RS资源对应的RSRP/SINR时,不携带终端设备天线面板信息,则基站不清楚2个CSI-RS对应的接收波束是否为2个终端设备天线面板,即基站不知道接收CSI-RS的两个波束0和4是对应于终端设备的2个天线面板,或者对应于终端设备的1个天线面板。那么,基站为终端设备配置2个SRS资源,当接收CSI-RS的两个波束0和4是对应于终端设备的1个天线面板时,基站为终端设备配置的2个SRS资源只能时分复用(TDD),此外,基站不清楚是否可以同时指示2个SRS资源对应的天线用于PUSCH传输。具体地,只有当2个CSI-RS的接收波束对应终端设备的2个天线面板时,2个SRS资源才可以配置为频分复用(FDD)且基站可以同时选择2个SRS资源用于上行传输的传输方式指示。For the non-codebook-based uplink transmission described above, when the spatial Relation Info of two SRS resources is configured as two CSI-RS index values, for example, SRS 0 in FIG. 9 can be configured as the index value of CSI-RS 0. SRS 2 can be configured as the index value of CSI-RS 4. When the terminal equipment reports the RSRP / SINR corresponding to the CSI-RS resource with the highest RSRP / SINR during the beam training process, the terminal equipment antenna panel information is not carried, so the base station does not know whether the receiving beam corresponding to the 2 CSI-RSs is 2 terminals. The device antenna panel, that is, the base station does not know that the two beams 0 and 4 receiving the CSI-RS are two antenna panels corresponding to the terminal device, or one antenna panel corresponding to the terminal device. Then, the base station configures two SRS resources for the terminal device. When the two beams 0 and 4 receiving the CSI-RS are one antenna panel corresponding to the terminal device, the two SRS resources configured by the base station for the terminal device can only be time-division-multiplexed. (TDD), in addition, the base station does not know whether the antennas corresponding to the two SRS resources can be used for PUSCH transmission at the same time. Specifically, only when two CSI-RS receiving beams correspond to two antenna panels of a terminal device, the two SRS resources can be configured as frequency division multiplexing (FDD) and the base station can simultaneously select two SRS resources for uplink. Indicates the transmission mode of the transmission.
或者,如图10所示,终端设备接收spatial Relation Info配置的一个CSI-RS资源时可能采用终端设备的2个天线面板对应的2个接收波束,如图10中第一步的下行波束训练过程,CSI-RS 0通过终端设备的波束1和3接收,且波束1和波束3对应终端设备的2个天线面板;CSI-RS 1通过终端设备的波束2和4接收,且波束2和波束4也对应终端设备的2个不同的天线面板。基站基于获得的该CSI-RS对应的RSRP信息并不清楚终端设备采用一个天线面板还是两个天线面板接收该CSI-RS并获得该RSRP信息。所以基站不仅不知道两个SRS资源是否可以配置占用相同的OFDM符号,即FDD模式,且当两个天线面板接收该CSI-RS的RSRP相当时,基站期望2个SRS资源配置参数中的spatial Relation  Info均配置为该CSI-RS资源,这样可以通过SRS的测量进一步选择最优PUSCH的发送波束,若只有一个SRS资源的spatial Relation Info参数配置为该CSI-RS资源,则终端设备需要同时采用两个天线面板对应的发送波束发送该SRS,则不同的SRS端口对应不同的天线面板。但是不同天线面板中天线未进行相位校准,若该SRS被基站指示作为PUSCH的预编码参考方法,则采用未校准的天线传输同一数据流会导致实际传输PUSCH时端口间所做的precoding不是基站所指示的precoding,从而对性能带来极大影响。Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 10, when a terminal device receives a CSI-RS resource configured by spatial Relation Info, it may use two receiving beams corresponding to the two antenna panels of the terminal device, as shown in the first step of the downlink beam training process in FIG. , CSI-RS 0 is received through beams 1 and 3 of the terminal device, and beam 1 and beam 3 correspond to the 2 antenna panels of the terminal device; CSI-RS 1 is received through beams 2 and 4 of the terminal device, and beam 2 and beam 4 It also supports 2 different antenna panels for terminal equipment. Based on the obtained RSRP information corresponding to the CSI-RS, the base station does not know whether the terminal device uses one antenna panel or two antenna panels to receive the CSI-RS and obtains the RSRP information. Therefore, the base station not only does not know whether the two SRS resources can be configured to occupy the same OFDM symbol, that is, the FDD mode, and when the RSRPs of the two CSI-RSs received by the two antenna panels are comparable, the base station expects the spatial relationship in the two SRS resource configuration parameters. Info is configured as the CSI-RS resource. In this way, the optimal PUSCH transmit beam can be further selected through SRS measurement. If the SpatialRelation parameter of only one SRS resource is configured as the CSI-RS resource, the terminal device needs to use two The antenna beam corresponding to each antenna panel transmits the SRS, and then different SRS ports correspond to different antenna panels. However, the antennas in different antenna panels are not phase-calibrated. If the SRS is instructed by the base station as a precoding reference method for PUSCH, transmitting the same data stream with an uncalibrated antenna will cause precoding made between ports when the PUSCH is actually transmitted. Indicated precoding, which has a huge impact on performance.
8、基于码本的上行传输8. Codebook-based uplink transmission
基站和终端设备均根据协议存储上行传输的码本,每个码字按照表格中从左到右的预编码指示(transmission precoding matrix indicator,TPMI)索引值增加的顺序排列,如表3所示为目前协议中支持的上行4天线码本的示例,该码本中包含三种相干能力对应的码字集合:Both the base station and the terminal device store the codebook for uplink transmission according to the protocol, and each codeword is arranged according to the increasing order of the precoding indicator (transmission, precoding, matrix, and indicator) from the left to the right in the table, as shown in Table 3. An example of an uplink 4-antenna codebook supported in the current protocol. The codebook contains three sets of codewords corresponding to the coherence capability:
(1)完全相干(full-coherent)能力,表明终端设备的全部发送天线完成相位校准,可以进行相位加权,即所有终端设备天线均可以发送同一个数据层,例如表3中TPMI索引值12-27所示。(1) Full-coherent capability, indicating that all transmitting antennas of a terminal device have completed phase calibration and can be phase-weighted, that is, all terminal device antennas can send the same data layer, for example, the TPMI index value in Table 3 is 12- 27.
(2)部分相干(partial-coherent)能力,表明终端设备的两两发送天线对完成相位校准,可以进行相位加权,而终端设备的两两发送天线对之间未完成相位校准,不可以进行相位加权,即完成校准的两根终端设备天线可以发送同一个数据层,例如表3中TPMI索引值4-11所示。(2) Partial-coherent capability, which indicates that the pair of transmit antenna pairs of the terminal device has completed phase calibration and phase weighting can be performed, while the phase alignment between the pair of transmit antenna pairs of the terminal device is not completed and phase cannot be performed Weighting, that is, the two terminal equipment antennas that have been calibrated can send the same data layer. For example, the TPMI index values in Table 3 are 4-11.
(3)非相干(non-coherent)能力,表明终端设备的所有发送天线之间均未完成相位校准,均不可以进行相位加权发送相同的数据层,即对于同一层数据,只能使用一根天线发送。例如表3中TPMI索引值0-3所示。(3) Non-coherent capability, indicating that phase calibration is not completed between all transmitting antennas of the terminal equipment, and no phase weighting can be used to send the same data layer, that is, for the same layer of data, only one Antenna transmission. For example, the TPMI index value in Table 3 is 0-3.
表3 4天线1层传输的预编码矩阵WTable 3 Precoding matrix W for 4 layers of antenna
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000003
终端设备根据SRS的配置参数在相应的上行时频资源上发送SRS信号,基站在相应 的SRS时频资源上接收并测量SRS获得上行信道信息。基站通过自身的实现算法确定调度该终端设备发送PUSCH所使用的时频资源以及传输方案,通过用于调度上行的PDCCH中承载的DCI信令将这些信息指示给终端设备。所述传输方案至少包括终端设备发送PUSCH所使用的波束信息、SRI、秩指示(transmission rank indicator,TRI)、TPMI、调制和编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)等。其中,TPMI的作用是指示终端设备的发送天线间进行相位加权;当用于码本传输的SRS资源个数大于1时,SRI字段会出现,其作用也是SRS资源选择,但与上行非码本传输机制不太相同的是,基于码本传输的SRS资源具有大于1端口,且通常SRS的端口与终端设备的物理天线端口一一对应,则SRI的作用为选择终端设备的天线面板和天线面板对应的发送波束,即每个SRS资源对应一个终端设备的天线面板以及相应的波束指示信息(协议中的高层参数为:spatialRelationInfo)。终端设备会按照DCI中指示的时频资源以及发送方案传输PUSCH。The terminal device sends an SRS signal on the corresponding uplink time-frequency resource according to the SRS configuration parameter, and the base station receives and measures the SRS on the corresponding SRS time-frequency resource to obtain uplink channel information. The base station determines the time-frequency resource and transmission scheme used to schedule the terminal device to send the PUSCH through its own implementation algorithm, and indicates this information to the terminal device through the DCI signaling carried in the uplink PDCCH for scheduling. The transmission scheme includes at least beam information, SRI, transmission rank indicator (TRI), TPMI, modulation and coding scheme (MCS) used by the terminal device to send the PUSCH. Among them, the role of TPMI is to instruct the terminal equipment to perform phase weighting between the transmitting antennas; when the number of SRS resources used for codebook transmission is greater than 1, the SRI field appears, and its role is also the selection of SRS resources, but it is not the same as the uplink non-codebook The transmission mechanism is not the same: SRS resources based on codebook transmission have more than 1 port, and usually the SRS port corresponds to the physical antenna port of the terminal device one by one, then the role of SRI is to select the antenna panel and antenna panel of the terminal device The corresponding transmission beam, that is, each SRS resource corresponds to an antenna panel of a terminal device and corresponding beam indication information (the high-level parameter in the protocol is: spatialRelationInfo). The terminal device transmits the PUSCH according to the time-frequency resources and the transmission scheme indicated in the DCI.
对基于码本的上行传输,首先进行下行波束训练,图11中第一步即为下行波束训练过程。基站配置多个CSI-RS资源,每个CSI-RS资源对应一组收发波束以及终端设备的天线面板,比如CSI-RS资源0-3对应终端设备的天线面板1以及该天线面板1生成的接收波束,CSI-RS资源4-7对应终端设备的天线面板2以及该天线面板2生成的接收波束,终端设备基于CSI-RS 0-7的测量上报两个最优的收发波束对应的CSI-RS索引为0和4。之后,基站配置2个用于上行传输信道测量的SRS,2个SRS的空间滤波信息分别与CSI-RS0和CSI-RS 4关联,即终端设备发送2个SRS分别采用CSI-RS 0和CSI-RS 4的接收波束,CSI-RS 0和CSI-RS 4可能对应不同的终端设备天线面板的接收波束。基站收到2个SRS后,可以指示SRI选择其中一个SRS资源,则PUSCH传输所采用的天线面板以及发送波束与SRI选择的SRS资源一致。基站可以进一步指示TPMI,该加权向量作用于被选择的SRS资源对应的终端设备天线面板中包含的天线上。或者,基站也可以指示SRI选择2个SRS资源,则PUSCH传输所采用2个天线面板以及相应的发送波束。基站可以进一步分别为2个天线面板指示2个TPMI,每个加权向量分别作用于SRS资源对应的终端设备天线面板中包含的天线上。For codebook-based uplink transmission, downlink beam training is performed first, and the first step in FIG. 11 is the downlink beam training process. The base station is configured with multiple CSI-RS resources, and each CSI-RS resource corresponds to a set of transmitting and receiving beams and an antenna panel of a terminal device. For example, CSI-RS resources 0-3 correspond to the antenna panel 1 of the terminal device and the reception generated by the antenna panel 1. Beam, CSI-RS resources 4-7 correspond to antenna panel 2 of the terminal device and the receiving beam generated by the antenna panel 2, and the terminal device reports the CSI-RS corresponding to the two optimal transmit and receive beams based on the CSI-RS measurement 0-7 The indexes are 0 and 4. After that, the base station configures two SRSs for uplink transmission channel measurement, and the spatial filtering information of the two SRSs is associated with CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS4 respectively, that is, the terminal equipment sends the two SRSs using CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS, respectively. The receiving beams of RS4, CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS4 may correspond to the receiving beams of different terminal equipment antenna panels. After receiving two SRSs, the base station may instruct the SRI to select one of the SRS resources, and then the antenna panel and transmission beam used for PUSCH transmission are consistent with the SRS resources selected by the SRI. The base station may further instruct TPMI, and the weighting vector acts on the antenna included in the antenna panel of the terminal device corresponding to the selected SRS resource. Alternatively, the base station may instruct the SRI to select two SRS resources, and then two antenna panels and corresponding transmission beams are used for PUSCH transmission. The base station may further indicate two TPMIs for the two antenna panels, and each weight vector acts on the antenna included in the antenna panel of the terminal device corresponding to the SRS resource.
应理解,图11中示出的CSI-RS资源和SRS资源的配置方式只是一种示例,还可以包括更多种不同的资源配置方式,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that the configuration manner of the CSI-RS resource and the SRS resource shown in FIG. 11 is only an example, and may also include more different resource configuration manners, which is not limited in this application.
对于以上介绍的基于码本的上行传输,当2个SRS资源的spatial Relation Info配置为2个CSI-RS索引值时,例如,图11中SRS 0可以配置为CSI-RS 0的索引值,SRS 1可以配置为CSI-RS 4的索引值。由于波束训练过程中终端设备上报RSRP/SINR最高的CSI-RS资源对应的RSRP/SINR时,不携带终端设备天线面板信息,则基站不清楚2个CSI-RS对应的接收波束是否为终端设备的2个天线面板,即基站不知道接收CSI-RS的两个波束0和4是对应于终端设备的2个天线面板,或者对应于终端设备的1个天线面板。2个SRS资源只能时分复用,且基站不清楚是否可以同时指示2个SRS资源对应的天线用于PUSCH传输。具体地,只有当2个CSI-RS对应2个终端设备天线面板,2个SRS资源可以配置为频分复用且基站可以同时选择2个SRS资源用于上行传输的传输方式指示。For the codebook-based uplink transmission described above, when the spatial Relation Info of 2 SRS resources is configured as 2 CSI-RS index values, for example, SRS 0 in FIG. 11 can be configured as the index value of CSI-RS 0, SRS 1 can be configured as the index value of CSI-RS 4. When the terminal equipment reports the RSRP / SINR corresponding to the CSI-RS resource with the highest RSRP / SINR during the beam training, the terminal equipment antenna panel information is not carried, so the base station does not know whether the receiving beam corresponding to the two CSI-RSs is the terminal equipment. Two antenna panels, that is, the two beams 0 and 4 that the base station does not know to receive the CSI-RS are two antenna panels corresponding to the terminal device, or one antenna panel corresponding to the terminal device. The two SRS resources can only be time-division multiplexed, and the base station does not know whether the antennas corresponding to the two SRS resources can be used for PUSCH transmission at the same time. Specifically, only when two CSI-RSs correspond to two terminal device antenna panels, two SRS resources can be configured as frequency division multiplexing and the base station can simultaneously select two SRS resources for a transmission mode indication of uplink transmission.
或者,类似于上述介绍的图10的过程,终端设备接收spatial Relation Info配置的CSI-RS时可能采用终端设备地2个天线面板对应的2个接收波束,基站基于获得的该CSI-RS对应的RSRP信息并不清楚终端设备采用1个天线面板还是2个天线面板接收该 CSI-RS并获得该RSRP信息。所以基站不仅不知道2个SRS是否可以配置占用相同的OFDM符号,且当2个天线面板接收该CSI-RS的RSRP相当时,基站期望2个SRS资源配置参数中的spatial Relation Info均配置为该CSI-RS资源,这样可以通过SRS的测量进一步选择最优PUSCH的发送波束,若只有一个SRS资源的spatial Relation Info参数配置为该CSI-RS资源,则终端设备需要同时采用两个天线面板对应的发送波束发送该SRS,则不同的SRS端口对应不同的天线面板,考虑到不同天线面板中天线的未进行相位校准,基站不能指示完全相干码字用于不同天线面板中天线的相位加权。例如图10所示,CSI-RS0和1均对应两个天线面板的波束(终端设备上报CSI-RS 0和1时,计算的RSRP均由两个天线面板确定)并分别配置给2个用于信道估计的2端口SRS,则对于SRS 0而言,SRS端口0采用天线面板1,SRS端口1采用天线面板2,若此时基站指示完全相干的码字比如[1 1] T时,实际传输PUSCH时端口间所做的precoding不是基站所指示的precoding,从而对性能带来极大影响。 Alternatively, similar to the process of FIG. 10 described above, when receiving a CSI-RS configured by spatial Relation Info, a terminal device may use two receive beams corresponding to the two antenna panels of the terminal device. The RSRP information is not clear whether the terminal device uses one antenna panel or two antenna panels to receive the CSI-RS and obtain the RSRP information. So the base station not only does not know whether the two SRSs can be configured to occupy the same OFDM symbols, and when the RSRPs of the two CSI-RSs received by the two antenna panels are equivalent, the base station expects that the spatial relation info in the two SRS resource configuration parameters is configured as this. CSI-RS resources, so that the optimal PUSCH transmission beam can be further selected through SRS measurement. If the spatial Relation Info parameter of only one SRS resource is configured as the CSI-RS resource, the terminal device needs to use two antenna panels correspondingly. The transmitting beam transmits the SRS, and different SRS ports correspond to different antenna panels. Considering that the antennas in the different antenna panels are not phase-calibrated, the base station cannot indicate a completely coherent codeword for phase weighting of the antennas in different antenna panels. For example, as shown in Figure 10, CSI-RS0 and 1 correspond to the beams of the two antenna panels (the calculated RSRP is determined by the two antenna panels when the terminal device reports CSI-RS 0 and 1) and are allocated to two For the 2-port SRS of channel estimation, for SRS 0, SRS port 0 uses antenna panel 1 and SRS port 1 uses antenna panel 2. If the base station indicates a completely coherent codeword such as [1 1] T , the actual transmission The precoding performed between ports during PUSCH is not the precoding indicated by the base station, which will have a great impact on performance.
通过以上的详细介绍,可以看出,不论是基于码本的上行传输,还是基于非码本的上行传输,在基站和终端设备的下行波束训练过程中,对于基站而言,可以清楚的知道终端设备用于接收基站发送的所有CSI-RS资源的接收波束对应的天线面板数量,但是由于终端设备在上报RSRP最高的CSI-RS资源对应的RSRP时,不携带终端设备结合搜波束对应的天线面板信息,导致基站无法获知每一个CSI-RS资源对应的接收波束的数量,以及该接收波束对应于终端设备的几个天线面板。因此,在基站为终端设备配置SRS资源时,无法确定配置的多个SRS资源是否可以为频分复用(FDD)模式,且基站无法确定是否可以同时指示多个SRS资源对应的天线用于上行传输。此外,如果一个CSI-RS资源对应的多个接收波束且该多个接收波束对应终端设备的多个天线面板,则在配置SRS资源进行实际上行传输的过程中,会由于预编码矩阵的差异影响基站和终端设备之间传输性能。Through the above detailed introduction, it can be seen that, whether it is uplink transmission based on codebook or uplink transmission based on non-codebook, during the downlink beam training of the base station and the terminal device, the base station can clearly know the terminal The device is used to receive the number of antenna panels corresponding to the receiving beams of all CSI-RS resources sent by the base station. However, when the terminal device reports the RSRP corresponding to the CSI-RS resource with the highest RSRP, it does not carry the antenna panel corresponding to the search beam of the terminal device Information, causing the base station to fail to know the number of receiving beams corresponding to each CSI-RS resource, and the receiving beams correspond to several antenna panels of the terminal device. Therefore, when the base station configures the SRS resources for the terminal device, it cannot be determined whether the configured multiple SRS resources can be in a frequency division multiplexing (FDD) mode, and the base station cannot determine whether the antennas corresponding to the multiple SRS resources can be used for uplink at the same time. transmission. In addition, if there are multiple receive beams corresponding to a CSI-RS resource and the multiple receive beams correspond to multiple antenna panels of a terminal device, the process of configuring SRS resources for actual line transmission will be affected by differences in the precoding matrix. Transmission performance between base station and terminal equipment.
因此,本申请将提供一种传输方法,通过终端设备告知基站CSI-RS对应的接收波束与终端设备的天线面板之间的对应关系,从而确定配置多个SRS资源的时频资源位置、SRS资源个数以及相应的终端设备发送SRS的方法,从而确保终端设备采用正确的发送波束发送SRS或者进行上行传输,基站便可以采用相应的接收波束接收SRS以及上行传输的数据或者信号,提高传输性能。Therefore, this application will provide a transmission method in which the terminal device informs the base station of the corresponding relationship between the receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS and the antenna panel of the terminal device, so as to determine the time-frequency resource locations and SRS resources where multiple SRS resources are configured. The number of devices and the corresponding method for transmitting SRS by the terminal equipment, so as to ensure that the terminal equipment uses the correct transmission beam to transmit the SRS or perform uplink transmission, and the base station can use the corresponding receiving beam to receive the SRS and the data or signal transmitted in the uplink to improve transmission performance.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一例传输方法1200的示意性交互图。下面,对方法1200的每个步骤进行详细说明。FIG. 12 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example transmission method 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application. Each step of the method 1200 is described in detail below.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,以终端设备和基站作为执行方法1200的执行主体,对方法1200进行说明。作为示例而非限定,执行方法1200的执行主体也可以是应用于终端设备的芯片和应用于基站的芯片。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device and the base station are used as the execution subjects of the execution method 1200, and the method 1200 is described. By way of example and not limitation, the execution body of the execution method 1200 may also be a chip applied to a terminal device and a chip applied to a base station.
S1210,基站在多个资源上向终端设备发送参考信号。S1210. The base station sends a reference signal to the terminal device on multiple resources.
可选地,基站向终端设备发送的下行参考信号可以为CSI-RS,也可以为SSB,还可以为DMRS。在本申请实施例的描述中,下行参考信号以CSI-RS为例进行说明,应理解,其他的下行参考信号同样适用于本申请实施例提供的传输方法。Optionally, the downlink reference signal sent by the base station to the terminal device may be a CSI-RS, an SSB, or a DMRS. In the description of the embodiment of the present application, the downlink reference signal is described by taking the CSI-RS as an example. It should be understood that other downlink reference signals are also applicable to the transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
S1220,终端设备通过多个接收波束接收该参考信号,并对接收的多个资源对应的参考信号进行测量,以确定每个资源的接收状态信息,其中,每个资源对应至少一个接收波束。S1220: The terminal device receives the reference signal through multiple receiving beams, and measures the reference signals corresponding to the received multiple resources to determine the receiving status information of each resource, where each resource corresponds to at least one receiving beam.
S1230,终端设备根据每个资源的接收状态信息,从该多个资源中,确定至少一个第一资源,该第一资源对应第一接收波束,该第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束,该第一资源是该多个资源中通信质量满足预设条件的资源。S1230. The terminal device determines at least one first resource from the multiple resources according to the receiving status information of each resource, where the first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam, the first receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam, and the first A resource is a resource of which the communication quality satisfies a preset condition.
应理解,在本申请实施例的描述中,将终端设备从基站通过高层信令配置的多个参考信号资源中确定接收状态信息满足预设条件的参考信号资源确定为第一资源,可以理解为该第一资源已经是终端设备确定的传输质量最优的资源,而且该第一资源可能会有一个或者多个。It should be understood that, in the description of the embodiment of the present application, the reference signal resource that the terminal device determines from the multiple reference signal resources configured by the base station through high-level signaling to determine that the reception status information meets a preset condition is the first resource, which can be understood as The first resource is already the resource with the best transmission quality determined by the terminal device, and there may be one or more first resources.
还应理解,本申请实施例的参考信号资源的接收状态信息可以指接收状态信息的量化值。例如,以参考信号资源的测量参数表示该接收状态信息,终端设备对接收的多个参考信号资源上接收的参考信号进行测量得到参考信号资源的测量参数。这里的预设条件可以是终端设备根据参考信号资源的测量参数确定该测量参数大于或等于预设阈值,并将这样的参考信号资源确定为传输质量最优的资源,或者接收状态最优的资源。即,在本申请中将接收状态信息的量化值大于或等于预设阈值的参考信号资源确定为第一资源,也可以是针对多个参考信号资源,终端设备将接收状态信息的量化值最大的某一个或者最大的前多个参考信号资源确定为第一资源,本申请对传输质量最优的第一资源的数量并不限定。It should also be understood that the reception status information of the reference signal resource in the embodiments of the present application may refer to a quantized value of the reception status information. For example, the measurement parameters of the reference signal resource are used to indicate the reception status information, and the terminal device measures the reference signals received on the received multiple reference signal resources to obtain the measurement parameters of the reference signal resource. The preset condition here may be that the terminal device determines that the measurement parameter is greater than or equal to a preset threshold according to the measurement parameter of the reference signal resource, and determines such a reference signal resource as a resource with the best transmission quality or a resource with the best reception status. . That is, in this application, a reference signal resource whose quantization value of the reception status information is greater than or equal to a preset threshold is determined as the first resource, or for multiple reference signal resources, the terminal device maximizes the quantization value of the reception status information. A certain or the largest first plurality of reference signal resources are determined as the first resources, and the number of the first resources with the best transmission quality is not limited in this application.
还应理解,本申请中接收状态信息可以表征终端设备接收参考信号采用的接收波束或者天线面板的信号接收质量或者通信质量或者接收参考信号的信道传输质量。具体地,本申请实施例中,可以通过参考信号的接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的任意一种作为接收状态信息,该接收状态信息通常体现为经过量化后的值。It should also be understood that the reception status information in this application may characterize the signal reception quality or communication quality of the receiving beam or antenna panel used by the terminal device to receive the reference signal, or the channel transmission quality of the received reference signal. Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, any one of the received signal RSRP or signal-to-noise-interference ratio SINR or signal-to-noise ratio SNR or reference signal received quality RSRQ may be used as the reception status information. The reception status information usually reflects Is the quantized value.
还应理解,在多个资源上传输的下行参考信号可以为CSI-RS,也可以为同步信号块SSB,还可以为解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。在本申请实施例中,下行参考信号以CSI-RS为例进行相应的描述,即本申请所介绍的最优的CSI-RS资源就是最优的第一资源,在后文描述中,终端设备上报CSI-RS资源和第一资源含义相同,可以交换使用。It should also be understood that the downlink reference signal transmitted on multiple resources may be a CSI-RS, a synchronization signal block SSB, or a demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal (DMRS)). In the embodiment of the present application, the downlink reference signal is described by taking CSI-RS as an example, that is, the optimal CSI-RS resource introduced in this application is the optimal first resource. In the following description, the terminal device The reported CSI-RS resource has the same meaning as the first resource and can be used interchangeably.
本申请中,所说的第一资源都是指终端设备已经从多个资源中确定通信质量最优的资源,并将在该第一资源上接收参考信号所使用的接收波束称为第一接收波束,该第一接收波束可以是包括一个天线面板对应的一个接收波束,或者N个天线面板对应的N个接收波束。In this application, the first resource refers to a resource that the terminal device has determined from multiple resources to have the best communication quality, and a receiving beam used to receive a reference signal on the first resource is referred to as a first receiving Beam, the first receiving beam may include one receiving beam corresponding to one antenna panel, or N receiving beams corresponding to N antenna panels.
还应理解,第一资源的数量可以是一个或者多个,以一个第一资源为例,终端设备实际接收该第一资源上承载的CSI-RS时,使用了N个接收波束或者N个天线面板。可选地,该第一资源对应的N个接收波束可以组成第一接收波束,即这N个接收波束的数量信息都被终端设备上报给基站;或者,终端设备从N个波束中根据预定义的准则选择信号接收质量较优的K个波束,那么该CSI-RS资源对应的第一接收波束是由该K个接收波束组成的,即这K个波束的数量信息都被终端设备上报给基站,K为大于或等于1的正整数,N为大于或等于K的正整数。It should also be understood that the number of first resources may be one or more. Taking one first resource as an example, when a terminal device actually receives a CSI-RS carried on the first resource, it uses N receive beams or N antennas. panel. Optionally, the N receiving beams corresponding to the first resource may form the first receiving beam, that is, the quantity information of the N receiving beams is reported to the base station by the terminal device; K beams with better signal reception quality are selected, then the first receive beam corresponding to the CSI-RS resource is composed of the K receive beams, that is, the number of the K beams is reported to the base station by the terminal device , K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and N is a positive integer greater than or equal to K.
此外,本申请中接收状态信息可以表征终端设备接收参考信号采用的接收波束或者天线面板的信号接收质量或者通信质量或者接收参考信号的信道传输质量。具体地,本申请实施例中,可以通过参考信号的接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比 SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的任意一种作为接收状态信息,该接收状态信息通常体现为经过量化后的值。In addition, the receiving status information in this application may represent a signal receiving quality or a communication quality of a receiving beam or an antenna panel used by a terminal device to receive a reference signal, or a channel transmission quality of a receiving reference signal. Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, any one of the received signal RSRP or signal-to-noise-interference ratio SINR or signal-to-noise ratio SNR or reference signal received quality RSRQ may be used as the reception status information. The reception status information usually reflects Is the quantized value.
或者,在本申请实施例的描述中,也用测量信息来表示接收状态信息,为了描述的简便,以下主要以接收状态信息为参考信号接收功率RSRP为例进行说明,但是,本申请包括但并不限于此。Alternatively, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, the measurement information is also used to indicate the reception status information. For simplicity of description, the following description mainly uses the reception status information as a reference signal and the received power RSRP as an example. However, this application includes but does not include Not limited to this.
这里需要说明的是,本申请中,所说的第一资源都是指终端设备已经从多个资源中确定通信质量较优的资源,并将该第一资源的接收波束称为第一接收波束,该第一接收波束可以是包括一个天线面板的一个波束,或者N个天线面板的N个波束。It should be noted here that, in this application, the first resource refers to a terminal device that has determined a resource with better communication quality from multiple resources, and the receiving beam of the first resource is referred to as a first receiving beam. The first receiving beam may be one beam including one antenna panel, or N beams of N antenna panels.
S1210-S1230的过程具体可以参考前述介绍的现有技术的下行波束训练过程。如图11的第一步中下行波束训练过程,基站通过8个参考信号资源CSI-RS 0-7发送下行参考信号CSI-RS,每个CSI-RS资源对应一个基站的发送波束和终端设备的接收波束。终端设备接收CSI-RS资源之后,确定该接收的CSI-RS资源的接收状态信息。在后文的相关描述中,以参考信号资源的测量参数表示该接收状态信息,即针对每一个CSI-RS资源,终端设备可以得到一个测量参数(前述的接收状态信息的一例),应理解,该测量参数用于指示所对应的CSI-RS资源的接收质量、通信质量或者接收参考信号的信道传输质量。测量参数信息包括的测量参数量化值越大,表征该CSI-RS资源的接收质量或者信道质量越好。For the processes of S1210-S1230, reference may be made to the downlink beam training process of the prior art described in the foregoing. As shown in the downlink beam training process in the first step of FIG. 11, the base station sends downlink reference signals CSI-RS through eight reference signal resources CSI-RS 0-7, and each CSI-RS resource corresponds to a transmission beam of a base station and a terminal device. Receive beam. After the terminal device receives the CSI-RS resource, it determines the reception status information of the received CSI-RS resource. In the related descriptions below, the measurement parameters of the reference signal resource are used to indicate the reception status information, that is, for each CSI-RS resource, the terminal device can obtain a measurement parameter (an example of the foregoing reception status information). It should be understood that The measurement parameter is used to indicate the reception quality, communication quality of the corresponding CSI-RS resource, or the channel transmission quality of the received reference signal. The larger the measurement parameter quantization value included in the measurement parameter information, the better the reception quality or channel quality of the CSI-RS resource is.
终端设备对8个参考信号资源CSI-RS 0-7分别得到8个测量参数或者测量参数的量化值,基于得到的8个测量参数或者测量参数的量化值,确定至少一个最优的第一资源。例如,8个测量参数量化值中最大的一个资源CSI-RS 0作为下行传输的通信质量最优的资源,将CSI-RS 0对应的基站的发送波束和终端设备的接收波束作为最优的收发波束;或者,终端设备将8个测量参数量化值中最大的前多个资源作为下行传输的通信质量最优的资源,如图11中的CSI-RS 0和CSI-RS 4作为下行传输的通信质量最优的资源,将CSI-RS 0和CSI-RS 4分别对应的基站的发送波束和终端设备的接收波束作为最优的收发波束。需要上报的第一资源的数量根据基站配置的上报参数确定,基站可以通过上报参数配置终端设备需要上报的资源数量。应理解,本申请实施例对终端设备确定的最优的资源的数量不做限定。The terminal device obtains eight measurement parameters or quantized values of the measurement parameters for the eight reference signal resources CSI-RS 0-7, and determines at least one optimal first resource based on the obtained eight measurement parameters or quantized values of the measurement parameters. . For example, the largest one of the quantized values of the eight measurement parameters is CSI-RS0, which is the resource with the best communication quality for downlink transmission. The transmission beam of the base station and the receiving beam of the terminal device corresponding to CSI-RS0 are the optimal transmission and reception. Beam; or, the terminal device uses the largest first of the eight quantized values of the measurement parameters as the resources with the best communication quality for downlink transmission, such as CSI-RS0 and CSI-RS4 in FIG. 11 as the communication for downlink transmission For the resource with the best quality, the transmission beams of the base station and the reception beams of the terminal equipment corresponding to CSI-RS 0 and CSI-RS 4 are respectively used as the optimal transmission and reception beams. The number of first resources to be reported is determined according to the reporting parameters configured by the base station, and the base station can configure the number of resources that the terminal device needs to report through the reporting parameters. It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the number of optimal resources determined by the terminal device is not limited.
可选地,第一接收波束的数量信息为K,第一资源的接收状态信息是根据所述第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的接收状态信息确定的;或者接收所述参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,所述第一资源的接收状态信息是根据所述K个天线面板的接收状态信息确定的,K为大于或等于1的整数。Optionally, the number information of the first receiving beams is K, and the receiving state information of the first resource is determined according to the receiving state information of the K receiving beams in the first receiving beam; or used for receiving the reference signal The number of antenna panels is K, and the reception status information of the first resource is determined according to the reception status information of the K antenna panels, and K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
例如,当终端设备向基站上报一个CSI-RS资源的数量信息为K时,该一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息是该K个接收波束的K个测量信息求和运算确定的;和/或该每一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束对应终端设备的K个天线面板,该每一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息是该K个天线面板的K个测量信息求和运算确定的。For example, when the terminal device reports the quantity information of one CSI-RS resource to the base station as K, the measurement information of the one CSI-RS resource is determined by the sum of the K measurement information of the K received beams; and / or the The receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to the K antenna panels of the terminal device. The measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is determined by the sum of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels.
或者,当终端设备向基站上报一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束包括终端设备的K个接收波束时,该一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息是该K个接收波束的K个测量信息求平均运算的方式确定的;和/或该每一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束对应终端设备束的K个天线面板,该每一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息是该K个天线面板的K个测量信息求平均运算的方式确定的。Or, when the terminal device reports the reception beam of a CSI-RS resource to the base station including the K reception beams of the terminal device, the measurement information of the one CSI-RS resource is calculated by averaging the K measurement information of the K reception beams. Determined by the method; and / or the receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to K antenna panels of the terminal device beam, and the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is an average of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels The method of operation is determined.
应理解,上述几种根据终端设备上报给基站第一资源的数量K对应的K个接收波束和确定第一资源接收状态信息基于相同的K个接收波束。It should be understood that the foregoing types are based on the same K receiving beams according to the K receiving beams corresponding to the number K of the first resources reported to the base station by the terminal device and determining the receiving status information of the first resources.
如图13所示的三种CSI-RS资源和终端设备的接收波束或天线面板之间的配置示意图。图中,假设实线所示的为CSI-RS 0的接收波束或天线面板配置,虚线所示为CSI-RS 1的接收波束或天线面板配置。The configuration diagram between the three CSI-RS resources and the receiving beam or antenna panel of the terminal device is shown in FIG. 13. In the figure, it is assumed that the solid beam shows the receiving beam or antenna panel configuration of CSI-RS 0, and the dotted line shows the receiving beam or antenna panel configuration of CSI-RS 1.
情况(1)Situation (1)
CSI-RS 0资源对应终端设备的接收波束1和天线面板1,CSI-RS 1资源对应终端设备的接收波束2和天线面板1,即情况(1)中两个CSI-RS资源对应同一个天线面板的两个不同波束。The CSI-RS 0 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 1 and antenna panel 1 of the terminal device, and the CSI-RS 1 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 2 and antenna panel 1 of the terminal device, that is, the two CSI-RS resources in case (1) correspond to the same antenna Two different beams of the panel.
此种接收方式情况下,每一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息就是终端设备根据接收该资源的CSI-RS采用的一个接收波束确定的。In the case of this receiving method, the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is determined by the terminal device according to a receiving beam used by the CSI-RS receiving the resource.
情况(2)Case (2)
CSI-RS 0资源对应终端设备的接收波束1和天线面板1,CSI-RS 1资源对应终端设备的接收波束4和天线面板2,即情况(2)中两个CSI-RS资源对应两个不同天线面板的两个不同波束。The CSI-RS 0 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 1 and antenna panel 1 of the terminal device, and the CSI-RS 1 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 4 and antenna panel 2 of the terminal device, that is, the two CSI-RS resources in case (2) correspond to two different Two different beams of the antenna panel.
此种接收方式情况与上述情况(1)类似,每一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息就是终端设备根据接收该资源的CSI-RS采用的一个接收波束确定的。The situation of this receiving mode is similar to the above situation (1). The measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is determined by the terminal device according to a receiving beam used by the CSI-RS receiving the resource.
情况(3)Situation (3)
CSI-RS 0资源对应终端设备的天线面板1的接收波束1和天线面板2的接收波束3,CSI-RS 1资源对应终端设备的天线面板1的接收波束2和天线面板2的接收波束4,即情况(3)中两个CSI-RS资源中每个资源都对应两个不同天线面板的两个不同波束。The CSI-RS0 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 1 of the antenna panel 1 and the receiving beam 3 of the antenna panel 2 and the CSI-RS 1 resource corresponds to the receiving beam 2 and the receiving beam 4 of the antenna panel 1 of the terminal device. That is, each of the two CSI-RS resources in case (3) corresponds to two different beams of two different antenna panels.
此种接收方式情况下,每一个CSI-RS资源的测量信息就是终端设备根据接收该资源的K个接收波束各自对应的K个测量信息求和确定的。例如,CSI-RS 0资源的测量信息所包括测量参数是由天线面板1的波束1接收该CSI-RS资源上承载的参考信号的测量参数和天线面板2的波束3接收的该CSI-RS资源上承载的参考信号的测量参数求和得到的。In the case of this receiving method, the measurement information of each CSI-RS resource is determined by the terminal device according to the K measurement information corresponding to each of the K receiving beams receiving the resource. For example, the measurement information included in the measurement information of the CSI-RS 0 resource is the measurement parameter of the reference signal carried on the CSI-RS resource received by the beam 1 of the antenna panel 1 and the CSI-RS resource received by the beam 3 of the antenna panel 2 It is obtained by summing the measurement parameters of the reference signals carried on the radio.
应理解,CSI-RS资源的测量信息在上报之前会经过量化处理,量化处理的过程可以在求和之后,也可以是由每个接收波束确定的测量参数先经过量化后再进行求和运算。本申请对测量参数的量化处理过程的顺序不做限定。It should be understood that the measurement information of the CSI-RS resources is subjected to quantization processing before being reported. The process of quantization processing may be after the summation, or the measurement parameters determined by each received beam may be quantized and then summed up. The application does not limit the sequence of the quantization process of the measurement parameters.
S1240,终端设备发送该第一接收波束的数量信息和该第一资源的接收状态信息。S1240: The terminal device sends information about the quantity of the first receiving beam and receiving state information of the first resource.
S1250,基站确定所述第一接收波束和所述第一资源。S1250: The base station determines the first receiving beam and the first resource.
通过S1210-S1230的过程,终端设备确定了通信质量最优的至少一个第一资源、每个第一资源对应的波束信息以及每个第一资源的测量信息,然后终端设备可以将每个第一资源对应的波束信息以及每个第一资源的测量信息发送给基站。Through the processes of S1210-S1230, the terminal device determines at least one first resource with optimal communication quality, beam information corresponding to each first resource, and measurement information of each first resource, and then the terminal device may The beam information corresponding to the resource and the measurement information of each first resource are sent to the base station.
可选地,终端设备还可以发送该第一资源的标识信息,该第一资源的标识信息可以与该第一接收波束的数量信息和该第一资源的测量信息承载于同一消息。Optionally, the terminal device may further send identification information of the first resource, and the identification information of the first resource may be carried in the same message as the quantity information of the first received beam and measurement information of the first resource.
例如,当基站通过高层信令为终端设备配置了一个用于下行波束训练的CSI-RS资源,且基站通过高层信令配置终端设备上报信息为1个CSI-RS资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和相应的接收状态信息时,终端设备不需要上报该资源的标识信息。For example, when the base station configures a terminal device with a CSI-RS resource for downlink beam training through high-level signaling, and the base station configures the terminal device to report information to the first receiving beam corresponding to one CSI-RS resource through high-level signaling. When the quantity information and the corresponding reception status information, the terminal device does not need to report the identification information of the resource.
或者,当基站通过高层信令为终端设备配置了多个CSI-RS资源,且基站通过高层信 令配置终端设备上报信息为多个CSI-RS资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和相应的接收状态信息时,终端设备不需要上报资源的标识信息,只上报每个资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和相应的接收状态信息。Alternatively, when the base station configures multiple CSI-RS resources for the terminal device through high-level signaling, and the base station configures the terminal device to report information through high-level signaling as the number of first receiving beams corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources and corresponding When receiving the status information, the terminal device does not need to report the identification information of the resources, and only reports the number information of the first receiving beams corresponding to each resource and the corresponding receiving status information.
又或者,当基站为终端设备配置了多个CSI-RS资源,且基站通过高层信令配置终端设备上报信息为多个CSI-RS资源中的部分CSI-RS资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和相应的接收状态信息,终端设备将从多个资源中选择通信质量较优的部分CSI-RS资源,终端设备是需要上报该部分CSI-RS资源的标识信息的,该部分CSI-RS资源应理解为本申请中的第一资源,即终端设备将第一资源的标识信息、第一资源对应的接收波束的数量信息以及每个第一资源的测量信息都发送给基站。Or, when the base station configures multiple CSI-RS resources for the terminal device, and the base station configures the terminal device to report information to the number of first receiving beams corresponding to some CSI-RS resources in the multiple CSI-RS resources through high-level signaling Information and corresponding reception status information, the terminal device will select a part of the CSI-RS resource with better communication quality from multiple resources. The terminal device needs to report the identification information of the part of the CSI-RS resource, and the part of the CSI-RS resource It should be understood that this is the first resource in the present application, that is, the terminal device sends identification information of the first resource, information about the number of received beams corresponding to the first resource, and measurement information of each first resource to the base station.
应理解,不论是否上报第一资源的标识信息,只要上报第一资源对应的接收波束的数量信息的方案均落入本申请的保护范围。It should be understood that regardless of whether or not the identification information of the first resource is reported, as long as the scheme of reporting the number of received beams corresponding to the first resource falls within the protection scope of this application.
可选地,该第一接收波束的数量信息包括该第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的数量信息或该第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的标识信息,或该第一接收波束的数量信息包括接收该参考信号使用天线面板的数量或标识信息。Optionally, the number information of the first reception beams includes the number information of the reception beams included in the first reception beam or the identification information of the reception beams included in the first reception beam, or the number information of the first reception beams. This includes the number or identification of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,每一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束中的每一个接收波束对应终端设备的不同的天线面板,可以理解为,对于同一个CSI-RS资源,天线面板1只存在一个接收波束。如果一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束包括N个波束,则N个波束一定对应N个天线面板。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, each of the receiving beams of each CSI-RS resource corresponds to a different antenna panel of the terminal device. It can be understood that for the same CSI-RS resource, only one antenna panel There is a receive beam. If the receiving beam of a CSI-RS resource includes N beams, the N beams must correspond to N antenna panels.
假设一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束包括N个波束,终端设备上报的波束的数量信息为K,终端设备当该第一接收波束包括一个接收波束或对应终端设备的一个天线面板时,确定该K为1;当该第一接收波束包括多个接收波束或对应终端设备的多个天线面板时,根据该第一接收波束包括的多个接收波束的测量信息确定K的值,或者根据该第一接收波束对应终端设备的多个天线面板的测量信息确定K的值。Assume that a receiving beam of a CSI-RS resource includes N beams, and the number of beams reported by the terminal device is K. When the first receiving beam includes a receiving beam or an antenna panel corresponding to the terminal device, the K is determined. Is 1; when the first receiving beam includes multiple receiving beams or multiple antenna panels corresponding to a terminal device, determine the value of K according to measurement information of the multiple receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, or according to the first The measurement information of the plurality of antenna panels of the receiving beam corresponding to the terminal device determines the value of K.
结合图13,情况(1)和情况(2),都是一个CSI-RS资源对应1个接收波束,那么如果终端设备将CSI-RS 0资源确定为第一资源,则终端设备可以向基站上报接收波束的数量信息1,或者接收天线面板的数量为1。情况(3)中,一个CSI-RS资源对应2个接收波束,那么如果终端设备将CSI-RS 0资源确定为第一资源,则终端设备可以向基站上报接收波束的数量信息2,或者接收天线面板的数量为2。With reference to FIG. 13, both the case (1) and the case (2), one CSI-RS resource corresponds to one receiving beam, and if the terminal device determines the CSI-RS0 resource as the first resource, the terminal device can report to the base station The number of receiving beams is 1, or the number of receiving antenna panels is 1. In case (3), one CSI-RS resource corresponds to two receiving beams. If the terminal device determines the CSI-RS0 resource as the first resource, the terminal device can report the number of receiving beams 2 to the base station, or the receiving antenna. The number of panels is two.
具体地,对于一个CSI-RS资源的接收波束包括多个波束或对应终端设备的多个天线面板时,如果终端设备上报的波束的数量信息为K,则该K个接收波束满足以下列举的三种情况中的至少一种情况:Specifically, when a receiving beam of a CSI-RS resource includes multiple beams or multiple antenna panels corresponding to a terminal device, if the number of beams reported by the terminal device is K, the K receiving beams satisfy the following three At least one of these situations:
(1)该K个接收波束的K个测量信息中的任意两个测量信息的差值小于或等于第一门限,和/或K个天线面板的K个测量信息中的任意两个测量信息的差值小于或等于第一门限。(1) The difference between any two of the K measurement information of the K received beams is less than or equal to the first threshold, and / or any two of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels The difference is less than or equal to the first threshold.
(2)该K个接收波束的K个测量信息中的任意两个测量信息的比值小于或等于第二门限,和/或K个天线面板的K个测量信息中的任意两个测量信息的比值小于或等于第二门限。(2) The ratio of any two measurement information of the K measurement information of the K received beams is less than or equal to the second threshold, and / or the ratio of any two measurement information of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels Less than or equal to the second threshold.
(3)该K个接收波束的K个测量信息中的最大的测量信息与最小的测量信息的差值小于或等于第三门限,和/或K个天线面板的K个测量信息中的最大的测量信息与最小的 测量信息的差值小于或等于第三门限。(3) The difference between the largest measurement information and the smallest measurement information in the K measurement information of the K received beams is less than or equal to the third threshold, and / or the largest of the K measurement information of the K antenna panels The difference between the measurement information and the smallest measurement information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,门限(例如第一门限至第五门限)可以是预设的常数,也可以是由高层信令配置的常数,或者是通过物理层信令配置的常数。在本申请的实施例中,高层信令可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,也可以是MAC层信令;物理层信令可以是DCI。本申请实施例对门限的配置方法不做限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the threshold (for example, the first threshold to the fifth threshold) may be a preset constant, a constant configured by higher layer signaling, or a constant configured by physical layer signaling. In the embodiment of the present application, the high-level signaling may be radio resource control (RRC) signaling or MAC layer signaling; the physical layer signaling may be DCI. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the method for configuring the threshold.
可选地,如果终端设备上报的波束的数量信息为K,则该K个接收波束还可以同时满足以下列举的两种情况中的至少一种情况:Optionally, if the information about the number of beams reported by the terminal device is K, the K receiving beams may also satisfy at least one of the following two cases:
(1)该K个接收波束的K个测量信息中的任意一个测量信息与K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个波束的测量信息的差值大于第四门限,和/或K个天线面板的K个测量信息中的任意一个测量信息与K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的测量信息的差值大于第四门限;或(1) The difference between the measurement information of any of the K measurement information of the K reception beams and the measurement information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than the fourth threshold, and / or K The difference between any one of the K measurement information of each antenna panel and the measurement information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels is greater than a fourth threshold; or
(2)该K个接收波束的K个测量信息中的任意一个测量信息与K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个波束的测量信息的比值大于第五门限,和/或K个天线面板的K个测量信息中的任意一个测量信息与K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的测量信息的比值大于第五门限。(2) The ratio of the measurement information of any one of the K measurement information of the K reception beams to the measurement information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams is greater than the fifth threshold, and / or K The ratio of any one of the K measurement information of the antenna panel to the measurement information of any one of the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels is greater than a fifth threshold.
以一个CSI-RS资源对应两个天线面板的两个接收波束的情况为例,引入第一门限至第五门限的目的在于,当终端设备同时用于接收该CSI-RS资源的两个天线面板的两个波束的RSRP的值的大小相差很大时,RSRP值较小的天线面板对于上行数据传输没有带来显著性能提升,反而会增加时频资源的开销,例如,会在基站配置上行资源时,增加配置的SRS资源的数量,所以此时,终端设备可以不上报该RSRP值较小的天线面板的信息。因此,根据上述列举的条件确定上报给基站的波束,只保留了通信质量较好的天线面板的波束,同时节约了资源配置过程的资源开销,提高了传输性能。Taking the case where one CSI-RS resource corresponds to two receiving beams of two antenna panels as an example, the purpose of introducing the first threshold to the fifth threshold is that when a terminal device is used to receive two antenna panels of the CSI-RS resource at the same time When the values of the RSRP values of the two beams are very different, the antenna panel with a smaller RSRP value does not bring significant performance improvement for uplink data transmission, but instead increases the time-frequency resource overhead. For example, uplink resources are configured at the base station. At this time, the number of configured SRS resources is increased, so at this time, the terminal device may not report the information of the antenna panel with the smaller RSRP value. Therefore, the beams reported to the base station are determined according to the conditions listed above, and only the beams of the antenna panel with better communication quality are retained, while saving the resource overhead of the resource allocation process and improving the transmission performance.
可选地,CSI-RS资源的测量信息与CSI-RS资源的接收波束信息是对应的。例如,当终端设备同时用两个天线面板对应的两个接收波束接收该CSI-RS资源,并根据上述原则确定CSI-RS资源的接收波束数量为1,那么同时上报的CSI-RS资源的测量信息是该上报的波束的测量信息。Optionally, the measurement information of the CSI-RS resource corresponds to the received beam information of the CSI-RS resource. For example, when a terminal device receives the CSI-RS resource with two receiving beams corresponding to two antenna panels at the same time, and determines that the number of receiving beams of the CSI-RS resource is 1 according to the above principle, then the measurement of the CSI-RS resources reported at the same time The information is measurement information of the reported beam.
当终端设备同时用于接收一个CSI-RS资源的两个天线面板的RSRP的值大小相当时,那么这两个天线面板的波束的数量信息都是需要上报给基站的,最终如何使用两个天线面板需要进一步根据上行波束的测量确定,即通过终端设备向基站发送SRS,经过SRS测量,基站可以进一步确定通信质量最优的天线面板对应的波束,从而可以提升传输性能。When the RSRP values of the two antenna panels used by the terminal device to receive a CSI-RS resource at the same time are equal, then the number of beams of the two antenna panels needs to be reported to the base station. How to use two antennas in the end The panel needs to be further determined according to the measurement of the uplink beam, that is, the SRS is sent to the base station through the terminal device. After the SRS measurement, the base station can further determine the beam corresponding to the antenna panel with the best communication quality, thereby improving the transmission performance.
在终端设备向基站上报接收波束的数量信息的过程,已经根据上述方案确定了需要上报的第一接收波束的数量信息,此外,接下来详细介绍终端设备通过什么资源上报第一接收波束的数量信息,以及如何上报第一接收波束的数量信息。During the process in which the terminal device reports the number of received beams to the base station, the number of first received beams to be reported has been determined according to the above scheme. In addition, the following describes in detail the resources through which the terminal device reports the number of first received beams And how to report information about the number of first received beams.
可选地,终端设备接收CSI-RS资源以及根据测量结果向基站上报接收波束的数量信息之前,接收基站发送的第一上报配置信息,该第一上报配置信息用于指示上报该第一接收波束的数量信息的比特数,或者用于指示该终端设备上报该第一接收波束的数量信息中包含的该第一接收波束的最大数量信息或者上报该接收状态信息的比特数。Optionally, before receiving the CSI-RS resources and reporting the number of received beams to the base station according to the measurement result, the terminal device receives first reporting configuration information sent by the base station, where the first reporting configuration information is used to instruct reporting of the first receiving beam The number of bits of the quantity information, or the number of bits used to instruct the terminal device to report the maximum number of the first receiving beams included in the quantity information of the first receiving beam or the number of bits reporting the reception status information.
应理解,在一种可能的实现方式中,对于每个上报的CSI-RS资源而言,终端设备仅上报一个该CSI-RS资源对应的接收状态信息,该接收状态信息可以为经过量化的值,上 报形式可以为X个比特,X个比特对应一个量化值区间,X个比特的每个状态值对应该量化值区间中的一个特定的量化值,X个比特的编码根据终端设备通过对该CSI-RS资源测量确定的接收状态信息确定。It should be understood that, in a possible implementation manner, for each reported CSI-RS resource, the terminal device reports only one reception status information corresponding to the CSI-RS resource, and the reception status information may be a quantized value The reporting form may be X bits, and the X bits correspond to a quantization value interval. Each state value of the X bits corresponds to a specific quantization value in the quantization value interval. The encoding of the X bits is based on the The reception status information determined by the CSI-RS resource measurement is determined.
此外,终端设备需要上报第一资源的接收波束的数量信息,该接收波束的数量信息可以与接收状态信息(例如测量参数)进行联合编码或者进行独立编码。In addition, the terminal device needs to report the number of received beams of the first resource, and the number of received beams can be jointly encoded with the reception status information (such as measurement parameters) or independently encoded.
终端设备上报上述信息的比特数可以根据基站发送的第一上报配置信息来确定。基站可以通过高层信令配置至少一个上报配置集合,高层信令可以为RRC信令或者MAC CE信令,上报配置集合中可以包括该第一上报配置信息。上述多个CSI-RS资源(包含需要上报的每个第一资源)均关联同一个上报配置集合。这样,终端设备根据关联的上报配置集合中包含的配置参数,在与其关联的多个CSI-RS资源进行测量,并上报测量结果。The number of bits of the above information reported by the terminal device may be determined according to the first reporting configuration information sent by the base station. The base station may configure at least one reporting configuration set through high-level signaling. The high-level signaling may be RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling. The reporting configuration set may include the first reporting configuration information. The multiple CSI-RS resources (including each first resource to be reported) are associated with the same reporting configuration set. In this way, the terminal device performs measurement on multiple CSI-RS resources associated with it according to the configuration parameters included in the associated reporting configuration set, and reports the measurement results.
例如,若基站通过第一上报配置信息指示最大数量信息为L,则表明终端设备上报每个第一资源对应的接收波束的数量或者上报采用的天线面板的数量的比特数为Log 2L,每个状态值分别对应接收该第一资源所使用的接收波束或者天线面板的数量,具体的状态值与数量信息的对应关系可以预先定义。 For example, if the base station indicates that the maximum amount of information is L through the first report configuration information, it indicates that the terminal device reports the number of receiving beams corresponding to each first resource or the number of bits of the antenna panel used for the report is Log 2 L. Each state value corresponds to the number of receiving beams or antenna panels used to receive the first resource, and a specific relationship between the state value and the quantity information may be defined in advance.
具体地,最大数量信息可以根据终端设备上报其支持的天线面板数量或者同时用于数据接收的波束数量确定,L的取值不大于终端设备上报的天线面板数量或者接收波束数量。以终端设备上报其支持的天线面板数量为4为例,此时基站可以配置上报的数量的比特数为2比特。当终端设备上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为00,表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为1;上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为01表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为2;上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为10时,表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为3个;上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为11时,表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为4个。当L取其他值时,可以采用类似的上报方式,应理解,本申请包括但不限于此。Specifically, the maximum quantity information may be determined according to the number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device or the number of beams used for data reception at the same time, and the value of L is not greater than the number of antenna panels or received beams reported by the terminal device. Taking the number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device as an example, the base station can configure the reported number of bits to be 2 bits. When the status value corresponding to a first resource reported by the terminal device is 00, it indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 1; the status value corresponding to a reported first resource is 01, indicating that the first resource is currently received. The number of received beams of the resource is 2; when the status value of a reported first resource is 10, it indicates that the number of received beams currently receiving the first resource is 3; the status value of a reported first resource is At 11:00, it indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is four. When L takes other values, a similar reporting method may be adopted. It should be understood that this application includes but is not limited to this.
或者,最大数量信息L还可以根据终端设备上报其支持的用于波束训练的SRS资源集合的数量确定,L的取值不大于终端设备上报的用于波束训练的SRS资源集合的数量。则波束训练中的上报信息为Log 2L比特,每个比特值分别对应一个SRS资源集合数量;或者,若终端设备上报其支持的能同时传输的RS资源个数且每个RS资源对应不同的上行波束为L时,或者终端设备能同时接收的RS资源个数且每个RS资源对应不同的下行波束为L时,则波束训练中的上报信息都可以为Log 2L比特。具体的指示过程参考上述举例,这里不再一一赘述。 Alternatively, the maximum quantity information L may also be determined according to the number of SRS resource sets supported by the terminal device for beam training, and the value of L is not greater than the number of SRS resource sets reported by the terminal device for beam training. The report information in the beam training is Log 2 L bits, and each bit value corresponds to a number of SRS resource sets; or, if the terminal device reports the number of RS resources that it can transmit simultaneously and each RS resource corresponds to a different When the uplink beam is L, or when the number of RS resources that the terminal device can receive simultaneously and each RS resource corresponds to a different downlink beam is L, the reported information in the beam training may be Log 2 L bits. For the specific instruction process, refer to the above examples, which will not be repeated one by one here.
又或者,若基站通过第一上报配置信息指示用于上报所述接收状态信息的比特数,则可以结合上报第一接收波束的接收状态信息所需要的比特数,确定最大可上报的接收波束的数量,每个接收波束的接收状态信息可以采用绝对量化值的形式,或者采用相对量化值的形式。Or, if the base station indicates the number of bits used to report the reception status information by using the first report configuration information, the number of bits required to report the reception status information of the first receive beam may be combined to determine the maximum reportable receive beam. Quantity, the receiving status information of each receiving beam may be in the form of an absolute quantization value, or in the form of a relative quantization value.
基于每个第一资源对应一个接收波束的数量信息,该接收状态信息的比特数可以理解为终端设备上报的第一资源的数量。Based on the number of pieces of receiving beam information corresponding to each first resource, the number of bits of the receiving status information can be understood as the number of first resources reported by the terminal device.
具体地,当采用绝对量化值的形式时,每个接收状态信息对应的比特数相同,当采用相对量化值时,某个接收状态信息采用绝对量化值的形式,其余的接收状态信息采用相对于该绝对量化值的差值,这样相比于全部采用绝对量化值而言可以减小反馈的比特数。Specifically, when an absolute quantization value is used, the number of bits corresponding to each reception status information is the same. When a relative quantization value is used, a certain reception status information is in the form of an absolute quantization value, and the rest of the reception status information is relative to The difference between the absolute quantization values can reduce the number of feedback bits compared to the absolute quantization values.
例如,基站通过向终端设备发送的第一上报配置信息,指示终端设备最大可上报的接收波束数量为L,以及上报的接收状态信息的比特数为m。以全部采用绝对量化值为例,此时总上报比特数为L*m,其中m为每个接收状态信息的上报比特数,m个比特中的每个状态值对应一个接收状态信息的量化值。例如,以终端设备上报其支持的天线面板数量为4,每个接收状态信息为2比特,且接收波束的数量信息和接收状态信息联合编码为例,此时基站可以配置上报的比特数为8比特,For example, the first report configuration information sent by the base station to the terminal device indicates that the maximum number of reportable receive beams of the terminal device is L, and the number of bits of the reported reception status information is m. Taking all the absolute quantization values as an example, the total number of reported bits at this time is L * m, where m is the number of reported bits of each reception status information, and each status value in m bits corresponds to a quantization value of the reception status information . For example, if the number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device is 4, each receiving status information is 2 bits, and the number of received beam information and the receiving status information are jointly coded as an example. At this time, the base station can configure the reported number of bits to be 8 Bit,
具体地,终端设备上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为00000000-00000011表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为1,且每个状态值分别对应一个接收状态信息的量化值;状态值为00000100-00001111表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为2,且每个状态值分别对应一个接收状态信息的量化值;终端设备上报的某一个第一资源对应的状态值为00010000-00111111表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为3,且每个状态值分别对应一个接收状态信息的量化值;状态值为01000000-00001111表明当前接收该第一资源的接收波束数量为4,且每个状态值分别对应一个接收状态信息的量化值。Specifically, the status value corresponding to a first resource reported by the terminal device is 00000000-00000011, which indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 1, and each status value corresponds to a quantized value of the receiving status information; status A value of 00000100-00001111 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 2, and each status value corresponds to a quantized value of the receiving status information; a status value corresponding to a first resource reported by the terminal device is 00010000- 00111111 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 3, and each status value corresponds to a quantized value of the receiving status information; the status value of 01000000-00001111 indicates that the number of receiving beams currently receiving the first resource is 4, And each state value corresponds to a quantized value of the received state information.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当第一资源的数量为大于或等于2的正整数时,终端设备还可以确定第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示接收M个第一资源的波束能否同时发送上行信息,并向基站发送该第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the number of the first resources is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, the terminal device may further determine first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the M first resources are received. Whether the beam can send uplink information at the same time and send the first indication information to the base station.
此外,当终端设备上报多个CSI-RS资源对应的RSRP时,基站需要知道多个CSI-RS资源能否同时接收,也就是多个CSI-RS的接收波束能否同时用于上行发送。In addition, when the terminal device reports RSRPs corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resources, the base station needs to know whether multiple CSI-RS resources can be received simultaneously, that is, whether multiple CSI-RS receive beams can be used for uplink transmission at the same time.
一种方式是终端设备的显示方式上报,即终端设备除了需要上报每个CSI-RS资源对应的接收天线面板的数量信息,还需要上报多个CSI-RS资源能否同时接收。例如,终端设备将需要上报的CSI-RS资源的索引值分组,在上报每个RSRP时,同时上报该值对应的组号,组的个数与需要上报的CSI-RS资源个数和终端设备上报的天线面板的数量取最小值。One method is to report the display mode of the terminal device, that is, the terminal device needs to report whether multiple CSI-RS resources can be received at the same time in addition to reporting the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS resource. For example, the terminal device groups the index values of the CSI-RS resources that need to be reported. When reporting each RSRP, it also reports the group number corresponding to the value, the number of groups and the number of CSI-RS resources to be reported, and the terminal device. Take the minimum number of reported antenna panels.
当终端设备需要上报的CSI-RS资源的个数和终端设备支持的最大天线面板数均为2时,当两个CSI-RS对应的接收波束来自一个天线面板时,则两个CSI-RS均上报1,以图13的情况(1)为例,终端设备确定CSI-RS 0对应的天线面板1的波束1,确定CSI-RS 1对应的天线面板1的波束2,则两个CSI-RS都向基站上报1。When the number of CSI-RS resources that the terminal device needs to report and the maximum number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device are two, when the receiving beams corresponding to the two CSI-RSs come from one antenna panel, both CSI-RSs are equal. Report 1. Taking case (1) in FIG. 13 as an example, the terminal device determines the beam 1 of the antenna panel 1 corresponding to the CSI-RS 0, and determines the beam 2 of the antenna panel 1 corresponding to the CSI-RS 1, then two CSI-RS Both report 1 to the base station.
当两个CSI-RS对应的接收波束来自2个天线面板时,则1个CSI-RS上报1,另一个CSI-RS上报2,用于通知基站两个天线面板的波束是可以同时用于上行传输。或者,终端设备上报的每个CSI-RS对应的天线面板数量和多个CSI-RS是否能同时接收信息联合编码,即终端设备直接上报每个CSI-RS对应哪些天线面板,总上报量可以根据以下公式(1)进行计算:When the receiving beams corresponding to the two CSI-RSs come from 2 antenna panels, one CSI-RS reports 1 and the other CSI-RS reports 2 to notify the base station that the beams of the two antenna panels can be used for uplink simultaneously. transmission. Alternatively, the number of antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS reported by the terminal device and whether multiple CSI-RSs can simultaneously receive information joint coding, that is, the terminal device directly reports which antenna panels correspond to each CSI-RS, and the total reported amount can be based on The following formula (1) is used for calculation:
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000004
其中,N为高层信令配置的上报CSI-RS索引值的个数,P为终端设备支持的总天线面板个数;
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000005
为向上取整运算。
Among them, N is the number of reported CSI-RS index values configured by high-level signaling, and P is the total number of antenna panels supported by the terminal device;
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000005
Rounding up.
对于上行传输而言,考虑到设计复杂度、SRS资源和DCI信令开销等问题,通常会限制上行传输的最大天线面板数量为2,则上述公式(1)的计算的总上报量也可以表示 为公式(2):For uplink transmission, taking into account issues such as design complexity, SRS resources, and DCI signaling overhead, the maximum number of antenna panels for uplink transmission is usually limited to 2, and the total reported amount calculated by the above formula (1) can also be expressed For formula (2):
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2019104825-appb-000006
另一种方式是通过终端设备的隐式方式确定,即终端设备除了需要上报每个CSI-RS资源对应的接收天线面板数量,还需要上报多个CSI-RS资源能否同时接收,比如,将上报的CSI-RS资源两两之间能否同时传输的信息连同每个CSI-RS资源对应的接收天线面板个数一同上报。基站收到该上报的信息后,为上报的能同时传输的信息配置多个资源时,可以配置为该多个资源可以同时传输;为其他不能同时传输的信息配置多个资源时,可以配置为该多个资源不可以同时传输。Another method is to determine by the implicit method of the terminal device. In addition to the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS resource, the terminal device also needs to report whether multiple CSI-RS resources can be received at the same time. The information about whether the reported CSI-RS resources can be transmitted at the same time is reported together with the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS resource. After the base station receives the reported information, when multiple resources are configured for the reported information that can be transmitted simultaneously, it can be configured that the multiple resources can be transmitted simultaneously; when multiple resources are configured for other information that cannot be transmitted simultaneously, it can be configured as The multiple resources cannot be transmitted at the same time.
以上通过详细介绍了终端设备告知基站CSI-RS资源对应的接收波束与终端设备的天线面板之间的对应关系,从而确定配置多个SRS资源的时频资源位置、SRS资源个数以及相应的终端设备发送SRS的方法,从而确保终端设备采用正确的发送波束发送SRS或者进行上行传输,基站便可以采用相应的接收波束接收SRS以及上行传输的数据或者信号,提高传输性能。The corresponding relationship between the receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS resources notified by the terminal device to the base station and the antenna panel of the terminal device has been described in detail above, so as to determine the time-frequency resource locations where multiple SRS resources are configured, the number of SRS resources and the corresponding terminals The method for the device to send the SRS, thereby ensuring that the terminal device uses the correct transmission beam to send the SRS or perform uplink transmission, and the base station can use the corresponding receiving beam to receive the SRS and uplink transmitted data or signals, thereby improving transmission performance.
除了终端设备直接向基站上报每个CSI-RS资源对应的波束信息或天线面板的信息之外,终端设备也可以通过上报其他的信息,以达到让基站获知波束信息或天线面板的信息。In addition to the terminal device directly reporting the beam information or antenna panel information corresponding to each CSI-RS resource to the base station, the terminal device may also report other information to enable the base station to learn the beam information or antenna panel information.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备上报每个第一资源的索引值时,均上报接收该第一资源采用的K接收波束或者K个天线面板的K个接收波束的信息。In another possible implementation manner, when the terminal device reports the index value of each first resource, it reports the information of the K receiving beams used for receiving the first resource or the K receiving beams of the K antenna panels.
可选地,第一接收波束的数量信息为K,第一资源的测量信息包括K个接收波束的K个测量信息,终端设备向基站发送该第一接收波束的数量信息K和K个接收波束的K个测量信息。Optionally, the number information of the first receiving beams is K, and the measurement information of the first resource includes K measurement information of the K receiving beams, and the terminal device sends the number of the first receiving beams K and the K receiving beams to the base station. K measurement information.
由于基站实际不清楚终端设备接收每个CSI-RS采用的接收波束或者天线面板的数量,也就不清楚实际需要的上报比特数。例如,基站为终端设备配置最大上报两个CSI-RS资源的标识信息以及接收两个CSI-RS所采用的每个需要上报的接收波束的RSRP量化值,当终端设备接收两个CSI-RS均采用2个天线面板时,终端设备实际需要上报4个RSRP量化值,当终端设备接收两个CSI-RS均采用1个天线面板时,终端设备实际只需要上报2个RSRP量化值,所以基站只能按照终端设备最大的上报量分配承载相应上报信息的上行资源,即按照最大可能的CSI-RS的标识信息个数以及每个CSI-RS均按照终端设备所能支持的最大天线面板数确定上报的比特数从而分配上报资源。Since the base station actually does not know the number of receiving beams or antenna panels used by the terminal device to receive each CSI-RS, it is also unclear about the actually required number of reported bits. For example, the base station configures the terminal device with a maximum of two CSI-RS resource identification information and the RSRP quantization value of each receiving beam used for receiving the two CSI-RS. When the terminal device receives both CSI-RS When two antenna panels are used, the terminal equipment actually needs to report four RSRP quantized values. When the terminal equipment receives two CSI-RSs and uses one antenna panel, the terminal equipment actually only needs to report two RSRP quantized values, so the base station only It can allocate the uplink resources carrying the corresponding reporting information according to the maximum reporting amount of the terminal equipment, that is, the reporting can be determined according to the maximum number of CSI-RS identification information and each CSI-RS can be determined according to the maximum number of antenna panels that the terminal equipment can support. The number of bits is thus allocated for reporting resources.
但是,由于终端设备根据测量确定的接收每个CSI-RS的接收波束或者天线面板的数量会动态变化,这样做会带来较大的资源浪费。所以基站可以通过高层信令配置上行资源,或者该上行资源根据预定义的规则确定,该上行资源所占的时频资源可以假设按照一定的上报量确定,上报量包括需要上报的CSI-RS的标识信息数量以及每个CSI-RS均按照一定的接收波束数量或者天线面板数量对应的RSRP量化值的总比特数。该上行资源对应的上报信息所占的总比特数也通过高层信令指示给终端设备。终端设备在每次上报中可以根据RSRP量化值的总比特数或者需要上报的RSRP数量自行调整每个RSRP量化值对应的CSI-RS资源。However, since the number of receiving beams or antenna panels determined by the terminal device to receive each CSI-RS will change dynamically, doing so will cause a large waste of resources. Therefore, the base station can configure uplink resources through high-level signaling, or the uplink resources are determined according to predefined rules. The time-frequency resources occupied by the uplink resources can be determined according to a certain reporting amount, which includes the CSI-RS to be reported. The amount of identification information and the total number of RSRP quantization values corresponding to a certain number of receive beams or antenna panels for each CSI-RS. The total number of bits occupied by the reported information corresponding to the uplink resource is also indicated to the terminal device through high-level signaling. The terminal device may adjust the CSI-RS resource corresponding to each RSRP quantized value by itself according to the total number of bits of the RSRP quantized value or the number of RSRPs to be reported in each report.
可选地,具体的调整方式可以是,比如,基站配置终端设备上报K个CSI-RS资源的 标识信息以及相应的RSRP量化值数量为K,即可能的上报方式为K个CSI-RS资源分别对应1个RSRP量化值或者K个CSI-RS资源中的一个CSI-RS资源对应K个RSRP量化值,当需要上报的K个CSI-RS资源均需要上报多于一个接收波束或者天线面板对应的RSRP量化值时,终端设备终端设备可以根据实际的测量结果,选择部分RSRP信息上报,且该上报信息需要携带CSI-RS资源的标识信息。此时,基站配置的CSI-RS资源的标识信息个数可以理解为最大的CSI-RS资源的标识信息个数。Optionally, the specific adjustment method may be, for example, the base station configures the terminal device to report the identification information of K CSI-RS resources and the corresponding number of RSRP quantization values as K, that is, the possible reporting methods are K CSI-RS resources, respectively. Corresponds to one RSRP quantized value or one CSI-RS resource of K CSI-RS resources corresponds to K RSRP quantized values. When K CSI-RS resources to be reported all need to report more than one receive beam or antenna panel corresponding When the RSRP is quantized, the terminal device may select a part of the RSRP information to report according to the actual measurement result, and the reported information needs to carry identification information of the CSI-RS resource. At this time, the number of identification information of the CSI-RS resources configured by the base station can be understood as the maximum number of identification information of the CSI-RS resources.
例如,当终端设备接收CSI-RS资源0采用天线面板0和天线面板1,接收CSI-RS资源1采用的天线面板1和天线面板2,RSRP测量信息所对应的RSRP为需要上报的接收状态信息,当基站配置的用于承载上述上报信息的上行资源对应4个RSRP量化值上报,则终端设备会上报CSI-RS资源0和CSI-RS资源1的标识信息以及每个CSI-RS资源对应的2个天线面板的RSRP量化值以及天线面板的数量信息;当基站配置的用于承载上述上报信息的上行资源仅对应2个RSRP量化值上报,则终端设备会根据RSRP的比较,确定上报CSI-RS资源0和CSI-RS资源1的标识信息以及每个CSI-RS资源对应的1个天线面板的RSRP量化值以及天线面板的数量信息,或者上报CSI-RS资源0的标识信息以及CSI-RS资源0对应的2个天线面板的RSRP量化值以及天线面板的数量信息。For example, when the terminal device receives CSI-RS resource 0 and uses antenna panel 0 and antenna panel 1, and receives CSI-RS resource 1 and uses antenna panel 1 and antenna panel 2, the RSRP corresponding to the RSRP measurement information is the reception status information that needs to be reported. When the uplink resources configured by the base station to carry the reported information correspond to four RSRP quantized values, the terminal device will report identification information of CSI-RS resource 0 and CSI-RS resource 1 and the corresponding information of each CSI-RS resource. RSRP quantized values of the two antenna panels and the number of antenna panels; when the uplink resources configured by the base station to carry the above reported information correspond to only two RSRP quantized values, the terminal device will determine the reported CSI- based on the RSRP comparison. Identification information of RS resource 0 and CSI-RS resource 1 and the RSRP quantization value of one antenna panel and the number of antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS resource, or report identification information of CSI-RS resource 0 and CSI-RS RSRP quantized values of the two antenna panels corresponding to the resource 0 and the number of antenna panels.
进一步地,上报天线面板的数量信息基于每个用于在该CSI-RS资源上接收信号所使用的天线面板的RSRP的差值确定,当有且仅有2个用于接收CSI-RS的接收天线面板对应的RSRP差值小于第一门限值时,终端设备才上报接收该CSI-RS采用的天线面板数量为2;或者,当有且仅有2个用于接收CSI-RS的接收天线面板对应的RSRP比值小于第二门限值时,终端设备才上报接收该CSI-RS采用的天线面板数量为2。Further, the number of reported antenna panels is determined based on the RSRP difference of each antenna panel used to receive signals on the CSI-RS resource. When there are only two receivers for receiving CSI-RS, When the RSRP difference corresponding to the antenna panel is less than the first threshold, the terminal device reports that the number of antenna panels used to receive the CSI-RS is 2; or when there are only one and two receiving antennas for receiving the CSI-RS When the RSRP ratio corresponding to the panel is less than the second threshold, the terminal device reports that the number of antenna panels used to receive the CSI-RS is two.
可选地,基站还需要配置当前RSRP和第一资源的索引值上报用于上行传输还是用于下行传输,只有当该上报量用于上行传输时,采用上述上报方式上报测量信息,否则,终端设备只需要上报每个CSI-RS的标识信息和对应的RSRP量化值而不上报接收波束的数量信息或者天线面板的数量信息。Optionally, the base station also needs to configure whether the current RSRP and the index value of the first resource are reported for uplink transmission or downlink transmission. Only when the reported amount is used for uplink transmission, the measurement information is reported using the above-mentioned reporting method; otherwise, the terminal The device only needs to report the identification information of each CSI-RS and the corresponding RSRP quantized value without reporting the number of received beams or the number of antenna panels.
此时,由于终端设备重新开启天线面板或者切换激活的天线面板需要准备时间,例如包括收发的相位校准等时间。终端设备不能自行关闭配置给SRS的CSI-RS标识信息对应的CSI-RS的接收天线面板,或者终端设备不能自行关闭配置给SRS的SRS的标识信息对应的SRS的发送天线面板。At this time, since the terminal device re-opens the antenna panel or switches the activated antenna panel, preparation time is required, for example, including the time for transmitting and receiving phase calibration. The terminal device cannot close the receiving antenna panel of the CSI-RS corresponding to the CSI-RS identification information allocated to the SRS, or the terminal device cannot close the transmitting antenna panel of the SRS corresponding to the identification information of the SRS allocated to the SRS.
以上介绍几种的终端设备通过向基站上报不同的信息的内容和不同的上报方式,基站可以获知每个CSI-RS资源的对应的接收波束与终端设备的天线面板之间的对应关系,接下来,基站可以根据确定的资源,为终端设备的SRS的传输配置可用的通信质量好的资源,保证传输质量。下面介绍几种基站为终端设备配置资源的可能的方式。The above introduces several types of terminal devices that report different information content and different reporting methods to the base station. The base station can learn the corresponding relationship between the corresponding receiving beam of each CSI-RS resource and the antenna panel of the terminal device. According to the determined resources, the base station can configure available resources with good communication quality for the SRS transmission of the terminal device to ensure the transmission quality. The following describes several possible ways for a base station to configure resources for a terminal device.
一般而言,终端设备向基站上报的CSI-RS资源就是下行波束训练过程中通信质量最好的资源,基站可以按照终端设备需要传输的上行数据或信息的比特大小等,从这些CSI-RS资源进行灵活的配置。Generally speaking, the CSI-RS resources reported by the terminal device to the base station are the resources with the best communication quality during the downlink beam training process. The base station can use these CSI-RS resources according to the uplink data or information bit size that the terminal device needs to transmit. Make flexible configuration.
可选地,当基站配置2个SRS资源的上行波束的标识信息均为CSI-RS的索引值,即用CSI-RS的索引值来指示SRS资源的上行波束和上行资源。以上行波束标识为例,当2个SRS资源的上行波束标识指示同一个CSI-RS且该CSI-RS对应的接收天线面板数量为2时,终端设备发送2个SRS时,分别采用两个天线面板的接收该CSI-RS的2个接收波 束进行发送,且基站配置的这两个SRS资源可以同时发送,用于上行传输。Optionally, when the identification information of the uplink beams of the two SRS resources configured by the base station are both CSI-RS index values, that is, the index values of the CSI-RS are used to indicate the uplink beams and uplink resources of the SRS resources. The above row beam identification is taken as an example. When the uplink beam identification of two SRS resources indicates the same CSI-RS and the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to the CSI-RS is two, when the terminal device sends two SRSs, two antennas are used respectively. The panel receives the two receiving beams of the CSI-RS for transmission, and the two SRS resources configured by the base station can be transmitted simultaneously for uplink transmission.
当基站配置1个SRS的上行波束的标识信息指示一个CSI-RS的索引值且该CSI-RS对应的接收天线面板数量为2时,终端设备确定接收该CSI-RS时RSRP较大的天线面板作为发送SRS的天线面板,此时,基站只将RSRP较大的天线面板的接收该CSI-RS的波束作为上行波束。When the base station configures the identification information of an uplink beam of an SRS indicating an index value of a CSI-RS and the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to the CSI-RS is 2, the terminal device determines an antenna panel with a larger RSRP when receiving the CSI-RS. As an antenna panel for transmitting SRS, at this time, the base station only uses a beam of the antenna panel with a larger RSRP to receive the CSI-RS as an uplink beam.
在一种可能的实现方式中,对于基于码本的上行传输,当终端设备的最大相干传输能力不为完全相干传输时,当基站配置1个SRS的上行波束的标识信息指示一个CSI-RS的索引值,且该CSI-RS对应的接收天线面板数量为2时,对于部分相干传输能力的终端设备,终端设备可以确定接收该CSI-RS时的RSRP最大的2个天线面板作为发送SRS的天线面板,此外,终端设备可以采用2个天线面板分别发送SRS;对于非相干传输能力的终端设备,终端设备可以确定接收该CSI-RS时的RSRP最大的4个天线面板作为发送SRS的天线面板,即发送SRS的上行波束分别采用4个天线面板或者其中某些上行波束采用不同的天线面板发送。In a possible implementation manner, for codebook-based uplink transmission, when the maximum coherent transmission capability of the terminal device is not completely coherent transmission, when the base station configures the identification information of an uplink beam of an SRS to indicate a CSI-RS Index value, and when the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to the CSI-RS is 2, for a terminal device with partial coherent transmission capability, the terminal device can determine the 2 antenna panels with the largest RSRP when receiving the CSI-RS as antennas for transmitting SRS In addition, the terminal device can use two antenna panels to send SRS respectively. For terminal equipment with non-coherent transmission capability, the terminal device can determine the four antenna panels with the largest RSRP when receiving the CSI-RS as the antenna panel for transmitting SRS. That is, the uplink beams used to send the SRS are transmitted using four antenna panels or some of the uplink beams are transmitted using different antenna panels.
通过以上的介绍,在下行波束训练过程中,通过终端设备上报每个CSI-RS资源的RSRP量化值,同时上报计算该RSRP采用的接收波束的数量信息、天线面板的数量信息,或者支持终端设备上报每个CSI-RS的接收天线面板数量。从而使得基站可以根据上报的通信质量最优的CSI-RS资源,确定如何为终端设备配置上行传输的资源以及传输方式,合理配置相应的SRS时频资源和波束指示信息,终端设备会采用相同的假设发送SRS,基站会采用相同的假设接收SRS,保证上行传输的可靠性。Through the above introduction, during the downlink beam training process, the terminal device reports the quantized RSRP value of each CSI-RS resource, and simultaneously reports the number of receiving beams and the number of antenna panels used to calculate the RSRP, or supports the terminal device. Report the number of receiving antenna panels for each CSI-RS. Therefore, the base station can determine how to configure uplink transmission resources and transmission methods for the terminal device based on the reported CSI-RS resources with the best communication quality, and reasonably configure the corresponding SRS time-frequency resources and beam indication information. The terminal devices will use the same Assume that the SRS is transmitted, and the base station will receive the SRS with the same assumption to ensure the reliability of the uplink transmission.
通过上述技术方案提供的传输方法,终端设备告知基站每个第一资源对应的接收状态信息、在该第一资源上接收参考信号采用的接收波束的数量信息或者在该第一资源上接收参考信号采用的天线面板的量信息,从而使得基站确定与第一资源关联的上行参考信号的资源的时频资源位置、资源个数以及在该上行参考信号资源上发送上行参考信号所采用的发送波束等,从而确保终端设备采用传输质量最优的发送波束和该上行参考信号资源发送上行参考信号,以及进行后续的上行数据传输,以提高终端设备和基站之间上行传输的可靠性,提高传输性能。Through the transmission method provided by the foregoing technical solution, the terminal device informs the base station of the receiving status information corresponding to each first resource, the number of receiving beams used to receive the reference signal on the first resource, or receiving the reference signal on the first resource. The quantity information of the antenna panel is used, so that the base station determines the time-frequency resource location, the number of resources of the uplink reference signal resource associated with the first resource, and the transmission beam used to send the uplink reference signal on the uplink reference signal resource. Therefore, it is ensured that the terminal device sends the uplink reference signal by using the transmission beam with the best transmission quality and the uplink reference signal resource, and performs subsequent uplink data transmission, so as to improve the reliability of uplink transmission between the terminal device and the base station and improve transmission performance.
应理解,上述技术方案主要是基站通过终端设备上报的最优的下行传输资源作为上行资源,用于上行传输。但是,也可能存在部分参考信号资源并不适合上行传输的情况,所以,要最大程度的保证上行传输的质量,提高传输的可靠性,最根本的方法是进行上行波束训练,通过上行波束训练来选择最优的上行传输资源。It should be understood that the above technical solution is mainly that the optimal downlink transmission resource reported by the base station through the terminal device is used as the uplink resource for uplink transmission. However, there may be situations where some reference signal resources are not suitable for uplink transmission. Therefore, to ensure the highest quality of uplink transmission and improve the reliability of transmission, the most fundamental method is to perform uplink beam training. Select the optimal uplink transmission resource.
因此,本申请还提供另一种传输方法,通过终端设备来触发基站进行上行波束训练,使得基站可以确定精确的上行发送波束信息以及相应的SRS和PUSCH的配置信息,即确定配置多个SRS资源的时频资源位置、SRS资源个数以及相应的终端设备发送SRS的方法,从而确保终端设备采用正确的发送波束发送SRS或者进行上行传输,基站便可以采用相应的接收波束接收SRS以及上行传输的数据或者信号,更精确地提高传输性能。Therefore, this application also provides another transmission method. The terminal device is used to trigger the base station to perform uplink beam training, so that the base station can determine accurate uplink transmission beam information and corresponding SRS and PUSCH configuration information, that is, determine to configure multiple SRS resources. Time-frequency resource location, the number of SRS resources, and the corresponding terminal device's method of sending SRS, thereby ensuring that the terminal device uses the correct transmit beam to send SRS or perform uplink transmission, and the base station can use the corresponding receive beam to receive SRS and uplink transmission. Data or signal, improve transmission performance more accurately.
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一例传输方法1400的示意性交互图。下面,对方法1400的每个步骤进行详细说明。FIG. 14 is a schematic interaction diagram of another transmission method 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Each step of the method 1400 is described in detail below.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,以终端设备和基站作为执行方法1400的执行主体,对方法1400进行说明。作为示例而非限定,执行方法1400的执行主体也可以是应用于终端 设备的芯片和应用于基站的芯片。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device and the base station are used as the execution subjects of the execution method 1400, and the method 1400 is described. By way of example and not limitation, the execution body of the execution method 1400 may also be a chip applied to a terminal device and a chip applied to a base station.
S1410,终端设备在第一预设条件时,生成第一消息,该第一消息用于指示该终端设备在第一上行资源上发送第一上行参考信号。S1410: The terminal device generates a first message when the first preset condition is used, and the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal on the first uplink resource.
S1420,该终端设备向该基站发送第一消息。S1420. The terminal device sends a first message to the base station.
可选地,该第一预设条件包括以下几种情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the first preset condition includes at least one of the following situations:
(1)终端设备用于发送第二上行参考信号的上行波束被配置为下行参考信号的资源标识,该第二上行参考信号用于进行信道测量。(1) The uplink beam used by the terminal device to send the second uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of the downlink reference signal, and the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement.
换言之,终端设备用于发送该上行参考信号的上行波束被配置为下行参考信号的资源标识。例如,当基于码本的上行传输或者非码本的上行传输的SRS的发送波束被配置为CSI-RS的标识信息时,终端设备可以向基站发送该第一消息。用于通知基站触发上行波束训练。应理解,该上行波束训练的SRS资源的发送波束采用接收该CSI-RS的接收波束对应的多个天线面板分别发送。In other words, the uplink beam used by the terminal device to send the uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of the downlink reference signal. For example, when the transmission beam of the SRS based on codebook uplink transmission or non-codebook uplink transmission is configured as the CSI-RS identification information, the terminal device may send the first message to the base station. Used to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training. It should be understood that the transmission beams of the SRS resources trained by the uplink beam are transmitted using multiple antenna panels corresponding to the reception beams receiving the CSI-RS.
应理解,上述的第一上行参考信号是用于做上行波束训练的参考信号,第二上行参考信号是用于进行信道测量的,因此,该第一上行参考信号和第二上行参考信号可以配置为相同的参考信号或者不同的参考信号,本申请对此并不限定。It should be understood that the first uplink reference signal is a reference signal used for uplink beam training, and the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement. Therefore, the first uplink reference signal and the second uplink reference signal can be configured. For the same reference signal or different reference signals, this application is not limited thereto.
(2)终端设备接收该下行参考信号的接收波束的数量或接收该下行参考信号所使用的天线面板数量大于1。(2) The number of receiving beams for receiving the downlink reference signal by the terminal device or the number of antenna panels used for receiving the downlink reference signal is greater than one.
应理解,该第一资源可以是下行波束训练过程中用于承载该下行参考信号的资源。例如,当终端设备在下行波束训练过程中,确定向基站上报的通信质量最优的CSI-RS资源的接收波束的数量大于1,或者至少一个CSI-RS资源对应的天线面板数量大于1,终端设备可以向基站发送该第一消息。用于通知基站触发上行波束训练。It should be understood that the first resource may be a resource used to carry the downlink reference signal during a downlink beam training process. For example, when the terminal device determines that the number of receiving beams of the CSI-RS resources with the best communication quality reported to the base station is greater than 1 during the downlink beam training process, or that the number of antenna panels corresponding to at least one CSI-RS resource is greater than 1, the terminal The device may send the first message to the base station. Used to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training.
(3)终端设备接收该下行参考信号的多个接收波束对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限,或者,该终端设备接收该下行参考信号所使用的多个天线面板对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限。(3) The difference between any two pieces of reception status information of the plurality of reception status information corresponding to the plurality of reception beams of the downlink reference signal received by the terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold, or the terminal device receives the downlink reference The difference between any two reception status information among multiple reception status information corresponding to multiple antenna panels used by the signal is less than or equal to the first threshold.
例如,当终端设备在下行波束训练过程中,确定向基站上报的通信质量最优的CSI-RS资源的多个天线面板对应的多个测量参数量化值大小接近,终端设备可以向基站发送该第一消息。用于通知基站触发上行波束训练。For example, when the terminal device determines in the downlink beam training process that the quantized values of multiple measurement parameters corresponding to multiple antenna panels of the CSI-RS resources with the best communication quality reported to the base station are close, the terminal device may send the first A message. Used to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training.
S1430,基站生成下行控制信息DCI。S1430: The base station generates downlink control information DCI.
S1440,基站向终端设备发送DCI,进行参考信号资源配置,即基站通过DCI为终端设备配置用于上行波束训练的参考信号资源或者参考信号资源集合。S1440: The base station sends DCI to the terminal device to perform reference signal resource configuration, that is, the base station configures the terminal device with a reference signal resource or a set of reference signal resources for uplink beam training through the DCI.
基站接收到终端设备发送的触发消息后,After the base station receives the trigger message sent by the terminal device,
可选地,该终端设备根据该第一资源的个数和接收该第一资源的波束数量或对应的天线面板数量,生成第二消息,该第二消息用于指示该第一上行资源信息和在该上行资源上发送参考信号所采用的上行接收波束的数量信息,并向该网络设备发送该第二消息。Optionally, the terminal device generates a second message according to the number of the first resource and the number of beams receiving the first resource or the number of corresponding antenna panels, where the second message is used to indicate the first uplink resource information and Send information about the number of uplink receive beams used by the reference signal on the uplink resource, and send the second message to the network device.
例如,终端设备还可以通知基站触发上行波束训练的SRS资源个数以及相应的发送波束,其中SRS资源的个数可以是终端设备根据配置给用于码本传输/用于非码本传输的SRS的CSI-RS的标识信息的个数,以及每个CSI-RS对应的接收天线面板数确定。For example, the terminal device may also notify the base station of the number of SRS resources that triggers uplink beam training and the corresponding transmit beams, where the number of SRS resources may be the terminal device configured for SRS for codebook transmission / non-codebook transmission The number of identification information of the CSI-RS and the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS are determined.
具体地,当终端设备上报的CSI-RS的标识信息的个数为2,每个CSI-RS对应的接收 天线面板数为2时,终端设备通知基站进行上行波束训练的SRS资源个数为4,且4个SRS资源上SRS分别采用接收2个CSI-RS对应的4个接收波束发送,则基站也知道采用相应的接收CSI-RS的波束接收SRS。其中,由于同一个CSI-RS的标识信息不论周期发送还是非周期触发均会对应多个发送时刻,每个发送时刻采用的收发波束可能不同,则CSI-RS的标识信息对应于通知基站触发上行波束训练最近一次的CSI-RS发送采用的接收波束。Specifically, when the number of CSI-RS identification information reported by the terminal device is two and the number of receiving antenna panels corresponding to each CSI-RS is two, the number of SRS resources notified by the terminal device to the base station for uplink beam training is four. , And the SRS on the 4 SRS resources are respectively transmitted by receiving 4 receiving beams corresponding to the 2 CSI-RSs, the base station also knows that the corresponding SCSI-RS beams are used to receive the SRSs. Among them, since the identification information of the same CSI-RS will correspond to multiple transmission times regardless of periodic transmission or aperiodic trigger, and the transmit and receive beams used at each transmission time may be different, the CSI-RS identification information corresponds to notifying the base station to trigger the uplink. Beam training Receive beam used for the most recent CSI-RS transmission.
可选地,该触发消息(第一消息)是该终端设备向网络设备发送的调度请求消息,例如调度请求(scheduling request,SR)。Optionally, the trigger message (first message) is a scheduling request message, such as a scheduling request (SR), sent by the terminal device to the network device.
或者,该触发消息(第一消息)承载于基站为该终端设备分配的周期性上行资源。Alternatively, the trigger message (first message) is carried in a periodic uplink resource allocated by the base station to the terminal device.
例如,终端设备通知基站触发上行波束训练的通知信息需要占用基站分配的上行资源。所以,终端设备在发送该通知之前需要通知基站分配上行资源承载该通知,通知的方式可以为:For example, the notification information used by the terminal device to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training needs to occupy uplink resources allocated by the base station. Therefore, before sending the notification, the terminal device needs to notify the base station to allocate uplink resources to carry the notification. The notification method may be:
方式一method one
终端设备向基站发送调度请求SR,进行上行数据请求,该数据请求用于通知基站触发上行波束训练。The terminal device sends a scheduling request SR to the base station to make an uplink data request, and the data request is used to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training.
方式二Way two
基站预先为终端设备分配周期的上行资源,该上行资源用于通知基站触发上行波束训练,上行资源的大小可以根据基站配置的SRS的波束信息由基站自行调整。The base station allocates periodic uplink resources to the terminal equipment in advance, and the uplink resources are used to notify the base station to trigger uplink beam training. The size of the uplink resources can be adjusted by the base station according to the beam information of the SRS configured by the base station.
方式三Way three
基站触发非周期的CSI上报,且该CSI上报的内容为RSRP时,终端设备可以同时上报是否通知基站触发相应的上行波束训练过程,基站为终端设备分配相应上行资源时,若预留了用于承载此上报信息的上行资源,则终端设备上报此上报信息。When the base station triggers aperiodic CSI report and the content of the CSI report is RSRP, the terminal device can simultaneously report whether to notify the base station to trigger the corresponding uplink beam training process. When the base station allocates corresponding uplink resources to the terminal device, if it is reserved for If the uplink resource carrying the report information is reported, the terminal device reports the report information.
基站通过DCI中的SRS请求字段触发该SRS资源/SRS资源集合,SRS资源/SRS资源集合的索引号以及时频资源分配信息等可以通过高层信令指示,而SRS资源的个数只能预先配置最大值,SRS的发送波束基于给SRS配置的CSI-RS ID对应的接收波束确定。The base station triggers the SRS resource / SRS resource set through the SRS request field in the DCI. The index number of the SRS resource / SRS resource set and the time-frequency resource allocation information can be indicated through high-level signaling. The number of SRS resources can only be pre-configured. The maximum value, the SRS transmit beam is determined based on the receive beam corresponding to the CSI-RS ID configured for the SRS.
通过上述技术方案,终端设备通知基站触发上行波束训练的机制,使得基站可以确定精确的上行发送波束信息以及相应的SRS和PUSCH的配置信息。此外,终端设备还可以通知基站用于上行波束训练的SRS资源个数以及相应的发送波束等信息,从而减少资源开销,提高传输性能。Through the above technical solution, the terminal device notifies the base station of a mechanism for triggering uplink beam training, so that the base station can determine accurate uplink transmission beam information and corresponding configuration information of SRS and PUSCH. In addition, the terminal device can also notify the base station of the number of SRS resources used for uplink beam training and corresponding transmission beams, thereby reducing resource overhead and improving transmission performance.
以上结合图1至图14对本申请实施例的反馈信息的传输方法做了详细说明。以下,结合图15至图20对本申请实施例的反馈信息的传输装置进行详细说明。The method for transmitting feedback information according to the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 to 14. Hereinafter, the feedback information transmission device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 15 to 20.
图15示出了本申请实施例的传输装置1500的示意性框图,该装置1500可以对应上述方法1200中描述的终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备的芯片或组件,并且,该装置1500中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法1200中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,如图15所示,该通信装置1500可以包括:处理单元1510和通信单元1520。FIG. 15 shows a schematic block diagram of a transmission device 1500 according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 1500 may correspond to the terminal device described in the foregoing method 1200, and may also be a chip or component applied to the terminal device. Each module or unit is respectively configured to perform each action or processing process performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method 1200. As shown in FIG. 15, the communication device 1500 may include a processing unit 1510 and a communication unit 1520.
处理单元1510,处理单元,用于确定至少一个第一资源中每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,所述每个第一资源对应第一接收波束,所述第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束。A processing unit 1510, a processing unit, configured to determine reception state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource of at least one first resource, where each first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam, and the first receiving beam Including at least one receive beam.
通信单元1520,发送所述每个第一资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个 第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息。The communication unit 1520 sends information about the number of first receiving beams corresponding to each first resource and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource.
具体地,该处理单元1510用于执行方法1200中的S1220和S1230,该通信单元1520用于执行方法1200中的S1240,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法1200中已经详细说明,为了简洁,此处不加赘述。Specifically, the processing unit 1510 is used to execute S1220 and S1230 in method 1200, and the communication unit 1520 is used to execute S1240 in method 1200. The specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in method 1200. , I won't go into details here.
图16示出了本申请实施例的传输装置1600的示意性框图,该装置1600可以对应上述方法1400中描述的终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备的芯片或组件,并且,该装置1600中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法1400中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,如图16所示,该通信装置1600可以包括:处理单元1610和通信单元1620。FIG. 16 shows a schematic block diagram of a transmission device 1600 according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 1600 may correspond to the terminal device described in the foregoing method 1400, or may be a chip or component applied to the terminal device. Each module or unit is respectively configured to perform each action or processing performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method 1400. As shown in FIG. 16, the communication device 1600 may include a processing unit 1610 and a communication unit 1620.
处理单元1610,用于在第一预设条件时,生成第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发所述终端设备发送第一上行参考信号。The processing unit 1610 is configured to generate a first message when the first preset condition is used, and the first message is used to trigger the terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal.
通信单元1620,用于发送第一消息。The communication unit 1620 is configured to send a first message.
可选地,该第一预设条件包括:终端设备终端设备用于发送第二上行参考信号的上行波束被配置为下行参考信号的资源标识,该第二上行参考信号用于进行信道测量;和/或终端设备接收该下行参考信号的接收波束的数量或接收该下行参考信号所使用的天线面板数量大于1;和/或终端设备接收该下行参考信号的多个接收波束对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限,或者,该终端设备接收该下行参考信号所使用的多个天线面板对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限。Optionally, the first preset condition includes: an uplink beam used by the terminal device terminal device to send the second uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of the downlink reference signal, and the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement; and / Or the number of receiving beams of the downlink reference signal received by the terminal device or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal is greater than 1; and / or multiple receiving states corresponding to multiple receiving beams of the terminal device receiving the downlink reference signal The difference between any two reception status information in the information is less than or equal to the first threshold, or any two reception statuses in the plurality of reception status information corresponding to multiple antenna panels used by the terminal device to receive the downlink reference signal The difference between the information is less than or equal to the first threshold.
具体地,该处理单元1610用于执行方法1400中的S1410,该通信单元1620用于执行方法1400中的S1420,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法1400中已经详细说明,为了简洁,此处不加赘述。Specifically, the processing unit 1610 is used to execute S1410 in method 1400, and the communication unit 1620 is used to execute S1420 in method 1400. The specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in method 1400. For simplicity, this I will not repeat them here.
图17示出了本申请实施例的传输装置1700的示意性框图,该装置1700可以对应(例如,可以应用于或本身即为)上述方法1200中描述的基站,并且,该装置1700中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法1200中基站所执行的各动作或处理过程,如图17所示,该通信装置1700可以包括:处理单元1710和通信单元1720。FIG. 17 shows a schematic block diagram of a transmission device 1700 according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 1700 may correspond to (for example, be applicable to or be itself) the base station described in the foregoing method 1200, and each module in the device 1700 The OR units are respectively used to perform various actions or processing processes performed by the base station in the foregoing method 1200. As shown in FIG. 17, the communication device 1700 may include a processing unit 1710 and a communication unit 1720.
通信单元1710,用于通过至少一个第一资源发送参考信号,所述参考信号承载于多个资源,所述每个第一资源对应终端设备的第一接收波束,所述第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束。A communication unit 1710 is configured to send a reference signal through at least one first resource, where the reference signal is carried on multiple resources, and each first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam of a terminal device, where the first receiving beam includes at least One receive beam.
该通信单元1710,还用于接收第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息。The communication unit 1710 is further configured to receive information about the number of first receiving beams and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource.
处理单元1720,用于确定该第一接收波束和该第一资源。The processing unit 1720 is configured to determine the first receiving beam and the first resource.
具体地,该通信单元1710用于执行方法1200中的S1210,该处理单元1720用于执行方法1200中的S1250,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法1200中已经详细说明,为了简洁,此处不加赘述。Specifically, the communication unit 1710 is used to execute S1210 in method 1200, and the processing unit 1720 is used to execute S1250 in method 1200. The specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in method 1200. I will not repeat them here.
图18示出了本申请实施例的传输装置1800的示意性框图,该装置1800可以对应(例如,可以应用于或本身即为)上述方法1400中描述的基站,并且,该装置1800中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法1400中基站所执行的各动作或处理过程,如图18所示,该通信装置1800可以包括:处理单元1810和通信单元1820。FIG. 18 shows a schematic block diagram of a transmission device 1800 according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 1800 may correspond to (for example, be applicable to or be itself) the base station described in the foregoing method 1400, and various modules in the device 1800. The OR units are respectively used to perform various actions or processing processes performed by the base station in the foregoing method 1400. As shown in FIG. 18, the communication device 1800 may include a processing unit 1810 and a communication unit 1820.
通信单元1810,用于接收第一消息,该第一消息用于触发终端设备发送第一上行参 考信号。The communication unit 1810 is configured to receive a first message, and the first message is used to trigger the terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal.
处理单元1820,用于生成下行控制信息DCI,该DCI用于指示该终端设备发送该上行参考信号的第一上行资源。A processing unit 1820 is configured to generate downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used to instruct the terminal device to send a first uplink resource of the uplink reference signal.
该通信单元1810,还用于发送该DCI。The communication unit 1810 is further configured to send the DCI.
具体地,该通信单元1810用于执行方法1400中的S1440,该处理单元1820用于执行方法1400中的S1430,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法1400中已经详细说明,为了简洁,此处不加赘述。Specifically, the communication unit 1810 is used to execute S1440 in method 1400, and the processing unit 1820 is used to execute S1430 in method 1400. The specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in method 1400. I will not repeat them here.
图19是本申请实施例提供的终端设备1900的结构示意图。如图19所示,该终端设备1900包括处理器1910和收发器1920。可选地,该终端设备1900还包括存储器1930。其中,处理器1910、收发器1920和存储器1930之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器1930用于存储计算机程序,该处理器1910用于从该存储器1930中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器1920收发信号。FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1900 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 19, the terminal device 1900 includes a processor 1910 and a transceiver 1920. Optionally, the terminal device 1900 further includes a memory 1930. Among them, the processor 1910, the transceiver 1920, and the memory 1930 communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transfer control and / or data signals. The memory 1930 is used to store computer programs, and the processor 1910 is used to call from the memory 1930. The computer program is run to control the transceiver 1920 to send and receive signals.
上述处理器1910和存储器1930可以合成一个处理装置,处理器1910用于执行存储器1930中存储的程序代码来实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。具体实现时,该存储器1930也可以集成在处理器1910中,或者独立于处理器1910。收发器1920可以通过收发电路的方式来实现。The processor 1910 and the memory 1930 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 1910 is configured to execute program codes stored in the memory 1930 to implement functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. In specific implementation, the memory 1930 may also be integrated in the processor 1910, or may be independent of the processor 1910. The transceiver 1920 can be implemented by means of a transceiver circuit.
上述终端设备还可以包括天线1940,用于将收发器1920输出的上行数据或上行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去,或者将下行数据或下行控制信令接收后发送给收发器1920进一步处理。The above terminal device may further include an antenna 1940 for sending uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 1920 through a wireless signal, or sending downlink data or downlink control signaling to the transceiver 1920 for further processing after receiving.
应理解,该装置1900可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法1200或者方法1400中的终端设备,该装置1900也可以是应用于终端设备的芯片或组件。并且,该装置1900中的各模块实现图12中方法1200中的相应流程,或者该装置1900中的各模块实现图14中方法1400中的相应流程。具体地,该存储器1930用于存储程序代码,使得处理器1910在执行该程序代码时,控制该处理器1910用于执行方法1200中的S1220和S1230,该收发器1920用于执行方法1200中的S1240,或者,该存储器1930用于存储程序代码,使得处理器1910在执行该程序代码时,控制该处理器1910用于执行方法1400中的S1410,该收发器1920用于执行方法1400中的S1420。各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法1200和方法1400中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不加赘述。It should be understood that the device 1900 may correspond to the terminal device in the method 1200 or the method 1400 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the device 1900 may also be a chip or a component applied to the terminal device. In addition, each module in the apparatus 1900 implements the corresponding process in the method 1200 in FIG. 12, or each module in the apparatus 1900 implements the corresponding process in the method 1400 in FIG. 14. Specifically, the memory 1930 is configured to store program code, so that when the processor 1910 executes the program code, the processor 1910 is controlled to execute S1220 and S1230 in method 1200, and the transceiver 1920 is used to execute the method 1200. S1240, or the memory 1930 is used to store program code, so that when the processor 1910 executes the program code, the processor 1910 controls the processor 1910 to execute S1410 in method 1400, and the transceiver 1920 is used to execute S1420 in method 1400 . The specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 1200 and the method 1400, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
图20是本申请实施例提供的网络设备2000的结构示意图。如图20所示,该网络设备2000(例如基站)包括处理器2010和收发器2020。可选地,该网络设备2000还包括存储器2030。其中,处理器2010、收发器2020和存储器2030之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器2030用于存储计算机程序,该处理器2010用于从该存储器2030中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器2020收发信号。FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 2000 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 20, the network device 2000 (for example, a base station) includes a processor 2010 and a transceiver 2020. Optionally, the network device 2000 further includes a memory 2030. Among them, the processor 2010, the transceiver 2020, and the memory 2030 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and transfer control and / or data signals. The memory 2030 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 2010 is used to call from the memory 2030. And run the computer program to control the transceiver 2020 to send and receive signals.
上述处理器2010和存储器2030可以合成一个处理装置,处理器2010用于执行存储器2030中存储的程序代码来实现上述方法实施例中基站的功能。具体实现时,该存储器2030也可以集成在处理器2010中,或者独立于处理器2010。收发器2020可以通过收发电路的方式来实现。The processor 2010 and the memory 2030 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 2010 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 2030 to implement the functions of the base station in the foregoing method embodiment. In specific implementation, the memory 2030 may also be integrated in the processor 2010 or independent of the processor 2010. The transceiver 2020 can be implemented by means of a transceiver circuit.
上述网络设备还可以包括天线2040,用于将收发器2020输出的下行数据或下行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去,或者将上行数据或上行控制信令接收后发送给收发器820进 一步处理。The above network device may further include an antenna 2040 for sending downlink data or downlink control signaling output by the transceiver 2020 through a wireless signal, or sending uplink data or uplink control signaling to the transceiver 820 for further processing after receiving.
应理解,该装置2000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法1200或方法1400中的基站,该装置2000也可以是应用于基站的芯片或组件。并且,该装置2000中的各模块实现图12中方法1200中或图14中方法1400中的相应流程。具体地,该存储器2030用于存储程序代码,使得处理器2010在执行该程序代码时,控制该处理器2010用于执行方法1200中的S1250,该收发器2020用于执行方法1200中的S1210,或者,该存储器2030用于存储程序代码,使得处理器2010在执行该程序代码时,控制该处理器2010用于执行方法1400中的S1430,该收发器2020用于执行方法1400中的S1440。各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法1200中和方法1400中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the device 2000 may correspond to a base station in the method 1200 or the method 1400 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the device 2000 may also be a chip or a component applied to a base station. In addition, each module in the apparatus 2000 implements a corresponding process in the method 1200 in FIG. 12 or the method 1400 in FIG. 14. Specifically, the memory 2030 is used to store program code, so that when the processor 2010 executes the program code, the processor 2010 controls the processor 2010 to execute S1250 in the method 1200, and the transceiver 2020 is used to execute S1210 in the method 1200. Alternatively, the memory 2030 is used to store program code, so that when the processor 2010 executes the program code, the processor 2010 is controlled to execute S1430 in method 1400, and the transceiver 2020 is used to execute S1440 in method 1400. The specific process for each unit to perform the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in method 1200 and method 1400, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices, and units described above can refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and are not repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objective of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each of the units may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application is essentially a part that contributes to the existing technology or a part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in the embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disks, mobile hard disks, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disks or compact discs, and other media that can store program codes .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of this application, but the scope of protection of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in this application. It should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (69)

  1. 一种传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A transmission method, comprising:
    确定至少一个第一资源中每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,所述每个第一资源对应第一接收波束,所述第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束;Determining reception state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource of at least one first resource, where each first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam, and the first receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam;
    发送所述每个第一资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息。Sending information about the number of first receiving beams corresponding to each first resource and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束的数量信息包括所述第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的数量或所述第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的标识信息,或The method according to claim 1, wherein the number of the first reception beams includes the number of the reception beams included in the first reception beam or an identification of the reception beams included in the first reception beam. Information, or
    所述第一接收波束的数量信息包括接收所述参考信号使用天线面板的数量或标识信息。The quantity information of the first receiving beam includes quantity or identification information of an antenna panel used for receiving the reference signal.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个所述标识信息,K为大于或等于1的正整数,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and the method further comprises :
    当所述第一接收波束包括一个接收波束或接收所述参考信号使用一个天线面板时,确定所述K为1;Determining that K is 1 when the first receiving beam includes one receiving beam or using an antenna panel for receiving the reference signal;
    当所述第一接收波束包括多个接收波束时,根据所述第一接收波束包括的多个接收波束的接收状态信息确定K的值,或When the first receiving beam includes a plurality of receiving beams, determining a value of K according to reception state information of the plurality of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, or
    当接收所述参考信号使用多个天线面板时,根据所述多个天线面板的接收状态信息确定K的值。When multiple antenna panels are used for receiving the reference signal, the value of K is determined according to the reception status information of the multiple antenna panels.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein
    所述第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个所述标识信息,所述第一资源的接收状态信息是根据所述第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的接收状态信息确定的;或者,The number information of the first receiving beams is the number K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource is determined according to the receiving state information of the K receiving beams in the first receiving beam; or,
    接收所述参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,所述第一资源的接收状态信息是根据所述K个天线面板的接收状态信息确定的,K为大于或等于1的正整数。The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K. The reception status information of the first resource is determined according to the reception status information of the K antenna panels, and K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  5. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein
    所述第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个所述标识信息,所述第一资源的接收状态信息包括所述第一接收波束中的K个接收波束对应的K个接收状态信息,以及发送所述每个第一资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:The quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving state information of the first resource includes K receiving state information corresponding to the K receiving beams in the first receiving beam, And sending information about the number of first receiving beams corresponding to each first resource and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource includes:
    发送所述K个接收波束对应的K个接收状态信息;和/或Sending K receiving status information corresponding to the K receiving beams; and / or
    接收所述参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,所述第一资源的接收状态信息包括所述多个天线面板中的K个天线面板的接收状态信息,以及发送所述每个第一资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels of the plurality of antenna panels, and sending each of the first resources The corresponding quantity information of the first receiving beam and the receiving state information of the reference signal carried on each first resource include:
    发送所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息。Sending K receiving status information of the K antenna panels.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,所述K个接收波束对应K个接收状态信息,其特征在于,The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the K receiving beams correspond to K receiving status information, characterized in that:
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等 于第一门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限;或The difference between any two of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams is less than or equal to a first threshold, and / or any two of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels The difference between the received status information is less than or equal to the first threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限;或A ratio of any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to a second threshold, and / or any two receptions of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels are received The ratio of status information is less than or equal to the second threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限。The difference between the largest receiving state information and the smallest receiving state information in the K receiving state information of the K receiving beams is less than or equal to a third threshold, and / or among the K receiving state information of the K antenna panels The difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一接收波束包括N个接收波束,且N为大于K的正整数时,The method according to claim 6, wherein when the first receiving beam includes N receiving beams, and N is a positive integer greater than K,
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限;或Any one of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams and the receiving status information of any one receiving beam of the NK receiving beams other than the K receiving beams in the N receiving beams And the difference between any of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels and the NK antennas other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The difference between the reception status information of any antenna panel in the panel is greater than the fourth threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限;或Any one of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams and the receiving status information of any one receiving beam of the NK receiving beams other than the K receiving beams in the N receiving beams The ratio of the receiving status information of any of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels and / or the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The ratio of the reception status information of any one of the antenna panels is greater than the fifth threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限。The maximum reception status information among the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams in the N reception beams The difference is greater than the sixth threshold, and / or the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is different from the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels. The difference between the reception status information of any antenna panel is greater than the sixth threshold.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising:
    接收第一上报配置信息,所述第一上报配置信息用于指示上报所述第一接收波束的数量信息的比特数,或者用于指示上报所述第一接收波束的数量的最大值,或者用于指示上报所述接收状态信息的比特数。Receiving first reporting configuration information, where the first reporting configuration information is used to indicate the number of bits for reporting the number of the first receiving beam information, or for indicating the maximum number of the first receiving beam number to be reported, or It is used to indicate the number of bits for reporting the reception status information.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源的数量为M,且M为大于或等于2的正整数时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein when the number of the first resources is M and M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, the method further comprises:
    发送所述M个第一资源中的所述至少一个第一资源的标识信息。Sending identification information of the at least one first resource among the M first resources.
  10. 根据权利要求9项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, further comprising:
    确定第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示接收M个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收波束能否同时用于上行传输;Determining first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a receiving beam that receives reference signals carried on M first resources can be used for uplink transmission at the same time;
    发送所述第一指示信息。Sending the first instruction information.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收状态信息是参考信号接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的任意一种。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the reception status information is any one of a reference signal received power RSRP or a signal-to-interference ratio SINR or a signal-to-noise ratio SNR or a reference signal received quality RSRQ One.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束用于上行传输。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述天线面板为激活状态。The method according to claim 12, wherein the antenna panel is in an activated state.
  14. 一种传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A transmission method, comprising:
    在第一预设条件时,生成第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发终端设备发送第一上行参考信号;Generating a first message under a first preset condition, where the first message is used to trigger a terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal;
    发送所述第一消息,所述第一预设条件包括:Sending the first message, the first preset condition includes:
    所述终端设备用于发送第二上行参考信号的上行波束被配置为下行参考信号的资源标识,所述第二上行参考信号用于进行信道测量;和/或An uplink beam used by the terminal device to send a second uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of a downlink reference signal, and the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement; and / or
    所述终端设备接收所述下行参考信号的接收波束的数量或接收所述下行参考信号所使用的天线面板数量大于1;和/或The number of receiving beams for receiving the downlink reference signal by the terminal device or the number of antenna panels used for receiving the downlink reference signal is greater than 1; and / or
    所述终端设备接收所述下行参考信号的多个接收波束对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限,或者,所述终端设备接收所述下行参考信号所使用的多个天线面板对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限。The difference between any two pieces of reception status information of the plurality of reception status information corresponding to the plurality of reception beams of the downlink reference signal received by the terminal device is less than or equal to a first threshold, or the terminal device receives the The difference between any two reception status information among multiple reception status information corresponding to multiple antenna panels used by the downlink reference signal is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, further comprising:
    根据所述接收波束的数量或接收所述下行参考信号所使用的天线面板数量,生成第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示承载所述第一上行参考信号的第一上行参考信号资源的数量信息和/或发送波束信息;Generating a second message according to the number of the received beams or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal, where the second message is used to indicate the first uplink reference signal resource carrying the first uplink reference signal Quantity information and / or transmit beam information;
    发送所述第二消息。Sending the second message.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息是所述终端设备发送的调度请求消息。The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
  17. 根据权利要求14至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息承载于第一上行资源,所述第一上行资源为周期性资源。The method according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
  18. 一种传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A transmission method, comprising:
    通过至少一个第一资源发送参考信号,所述参考信号承载于多个资源,所述每个第一资源对应终端设备的第一接收波束,所述第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束;Sending a reference signal through at least one first resource, where the reference signal is carried on multiple resources, and each first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam of a terminal device, and the first receiving beam includes at least one receiving beam;
    接收第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息;Receiving information about the number of first receiving beams and receiving status information of a reference signal carried on each first resource;
    确定所述第一接收波束和所述第一资源。Determining the first receiving beam and the first resource.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束的数量信息包括所述第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的数量或所述第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的标识信息,或The method according to claim 18, wherein the information about the number of first receiving beams includes the number of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or an identifier of a receiving beam included in the first receiving beam Information, or
    所述第一接收波束的数量信息包括接收所述参考信号使用天线面板的数量或标识信息。The quantity information of the first receiving beam includes quantity or identification information of an antenna panel used for receiving the reference signal.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个所述标识信息,所述第一资源的接收状态信息是根据所述第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的接收状态信息确定的;或者,The method according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the quantity information of the first receiving beam is a quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource is based on the first The receiving status information of the K receiving beams in the receiving beam is determined; or,
    接收所述参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,所述第一资源的接收状态信息是根据 所述K个天线面板的接收状态信息确定的,K为大于或等于1的正整数。The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K. The reception status information of the first resource is determined according to the reception status information of the K antenna panels, and K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  21. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 18 or 19, wherein:
    所述第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个所述标识信息,所述第一资源的接收状态信息包括所述第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息,以及接收第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:The quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, the receiving state information of the first resource includes K receiving state information of the K receiving beams in the first receiving beam, and Receiving information about the number of first receiving beams and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource includes:
    接收所述K个接收波束对应的K个接收状态信息;和/或Receiving K reception status information corresponding to the K reception beams; and / or
    接收所述参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,所述第一资源的接收状态信息包括所述多个天线面板中的K个天线面板的接收状态信息,以及接收第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels of the plurality of antenna panels, and the number of received first reception beams. And the reception status information of the reference signal carried on each first resource includes:
    接收所述天线面板的数量信息K和所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息。Receiving the number information K of the antenna panels and K reception state information of the K antenna panels.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述K个接收波束对应K个接收状态信息,The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the K receiving beams correspond to K receiving status information,
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限;或The difference between any two of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams is less than or equal to a first threshold, and / or any two of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels The difference between the received status information is less than or equal to the first threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限;或A ratio of any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to a second threshold, and / or any two receptions of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels are received. The ratio of status information is less than or equal to the second threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限。The difference between the largest receiving state information and the smallest receiving state information in the K receiving state information of the K receiving beams is less than or equal to a third threshold, and / or among the K receiving state information of the K antenna panels The difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 22, wherein:
    当所述第一接收波束包括N个接收波束,且N为大于K的正整数时,When the first receiving beam includes N receiving beams, and N is a positive integer greater than K,
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限;或Any one of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams and the receiving status information of any one receiving beam of the NK receiving beams other than the K receiving beams in the N receiving beams And the difference between any of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels and the NK antennas other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The difference between the reception status information of any antenna panel in the panel is greater than the fourth threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限;或Any one of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams and the receiving status information of any one receiving beam of the NK receiving beams other than the K receiving beams in the N receiving beams The ratio of the receiving status information of any of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels and / or the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The ratio of the reception status information of any one of the antenna panels is greater than the fifth threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限。The maximum reception status information among the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams in the N reception beams The difference is greater than the sixth threshold, and / or the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is different from the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels. The difference between the reception status information of any antenna panel is greater than the sixth threshold.
  24. 根据权利要求18至23中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第一上报配置信息,所述第一上报配置信息用于指示上报所述第一接收波束的数量信息的比特数,或者用于指示上报所述第一接收波束的数量的最大值,或者用于指示上报所述接收状态信息的比特数。Send first reporting configuration information, where the first reporting configuration information is used to indicate the number of bits for reporting the number of the first received beam information, or to indicate the maximum value of the number of the first received beam, or It is used to indicate the number of bits for reporting the reception status information.
  25. 根据权利要求18至24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源的数量为M,且M为大于或等于2的正整数时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 24, wherein when the number of the first resources is M, and M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, the method further comprises:
    接收所述M个第一资源中的所述至少一个第一资源的标识信息。Receiving identification information of the at least one first resource among the M first resources.
  26. 根据权利要求25项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, further comprising:
    接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示接收M个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收波束能否同时用于上行传输。Receiving first indication information, which is used to indicate whether a receiving beam that receives reference signals carried on M first resources can be used for uplink transmission at the same time.
  27. 根据权利要求18至26中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收状态信息是参考信号接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的任意一种。The method according to any one of claims 18 to 26, wherein the reception status information is any one of a reference signal received power RSRP or a signal noise interference ratio SINR or a signal to noise ratio SNR or a reference signal received quality RSRQ One.
  28. 根据权利要求18至27中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束用于上行传输。The method according to any one of claims 18 to 27, wherein the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述天线面板为激活状态。The method according to claim 28, wherein the antenna panel is in an activated state.
  30. 一种传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A transmission method, comprising:
    接收第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发终端设备发送第一上行参考信号;Receiving a first message, where the first message is used to trigger a terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal;
    生成下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于指示所述终端设备发送所述上行参考信号的第一上行资源;Generating downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used to instruct the terminal device to send a first uplink resource of the uplink reference signal;
    发送所述DCI。Sending the DCI.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 30, further comprising:
    接收第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一上行资源信息和上行波束信息,所述第一上行资源信息包括第一资源的个数和接收所述第一资源的接收波束数量或对应的天线面板数量,所述第一资源是用于承载下行参考信号的多个资源中通信质量满足预设条件的资源。Receiving a second message, where the second message is used to indicate the first uplink resource information and uplink beam information, and the first uplink resource information includes the number of first resources and the number of receive beams for receiving the first resource Or the corresponding number of antenna panels, the first resource is a resource in which a communication quality meets a preset condition among multiple resources used to carry a downlink reference signal.
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息是所述终端设备发送的调度请求消息。The method according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
  33. 根据权利要求30至32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终第一消息承载于第一上行资源,所述第一上行资源为周期性资源。The method according to any one of claims 30 to 32, wherein the final first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
  34. 一种传输装置,其特征在于,包括:A transmission device, comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定至少一个第一资源中每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,所述每个第一资源对应第一接收波束,所述第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束;A processing unit, configured to determine reception state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource in at least one first resource, where each first resource corresponds to a first receiving beam, and the first receiving beam includes at least one receiving Beam
    通信单元,发送所述每个第一资源对应的第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息。The communication unit sends information about the number of first receiving beams corresponding to each first resource and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束的数量信息包括所述第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的数量或所述第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的标识信息,或The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the information about the number of first receiving beams includes the number of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or an identifier of a receiving beam included in the first receiving beam Information, or
    所述第一接收波束的数量信息包括接收所述参考信号使用天线面板的数量或标识信息。The quantity information of the first receiving beam includes quantity or identification information of an antenna panel used for receiving the reference signal.
  36. 根据权利要求34或35所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个所述标识信息,K为大于或等于1的整数,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 34 or 35, wherein the quantity information of the first receiving beam is a quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, K is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the processing unit further uses to:
    当所述第一接收波束包括一个接收波束或接收所述参考信号使用一个天线面板时,确定所述K为1;Determining that K is 1 when the first receiving beam includes one receiving beam or using an antenna panel for receiving the reference signal;
    当所述第一接收波束包括多个接收波束时,根据所述第一接收波束包括的多个接收波束的接收状态信息确定K的值,或When the first receiving beam includes a plurality of receiving beams, determining a value of K according to reception state information of the plurality of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam, or
    当接收所述参考信号使用多个天线面板时,根据所述多个天线面板的接收状态信息确定K的值。When multiple antenna panels are used for receiving the reference signal, the value of K is determined according to the reception status information of the multiple antenna panels.
  37. 根据权利要求34至36中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个所述标识信息,所述第一资源的接收状态信息是根据所述第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的接收状态信息确定的;或者,The apparatus according to any one of claims 34 to 36, wherein the quantity information of the first receiving beam is a quantity K or K of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource is based on The receiving status information of the K receiving beams in the first receiving beam is determined; or
    接收所述参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,所述第一资源的接收状态信息是根据所述K个天线面板的接收状态信息确定的,K为大于或等于1的正整数。The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K. The reception status information of the first resource is determined according to the reception status information of the K antenna panels, and K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  38. 根据权利要求34至36中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 34 to 36, wherein
    所述第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个所述标识信息,所述第一资源的接收状态信息包括所述第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息,以及所述通信单元还用于:The quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, the receiving state information of the first resource includes K receiving state information of the K receiving beams in the first receiving beam, and The communication unit is further configured to:
    发送所述K个接收状态信息;和/或Sending the K reception status information; and / or
    接收所述参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,所述第一资源的接收状态信息包括所述多个天线面板中的K个天线面板的接收状态信息,以及所述通信单元还用于:The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the reception status information of the first resource includes reception status information of the K antenna panels of the plurality of antenna panels, and the communication unit is further configured to:
    发送所述天线面板的数量信息K和所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息。Sending the number information K of the antenna panels and K reception status information of the K antenna panels.
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的装置,所述K个接收波束对应K个接收状态信息,其特征在于,The apparatus according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the K receiving beams correspond to K receiving status information, characterized in that:
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限;或The difference between any two of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams is less than or equal to a first threshold, and / or any two of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels The difference between the received status information is less than or equal to the first threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限;或A ratio of any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to a second threshold, and / or any two receptions of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels are received. The ratio of status information is less than or equal to the second threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限。The difference between the largest receiving state information and the smallest receiving state information in the K receiving state information of the K receiving beams is less than or equal to a third threshold, and / or among the K receiving state information of the K antenna panels The difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,当所述第一接收波束包括N个接收波束,且N为大于K的正整数时,The apparatus according to claim 39, wherein when the first receiving beam includes N receiving beams, and N is a positive integer greater than K,
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限;或Any one of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams and the receiving status information of any one receiving beam of the NK receiving beams other than the K receiving beams in the N receiving beams And the difference between any of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels and the NK antennas other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The difference between the reception status information of any antenna panel in the panel is greater than the fourth threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限;或Any one of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams and the receiving status information of any one receiving beam of the NK receiving beams other than the K receiving beams in the N receiving beams The ratio of the receiving status information of any of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels and / or the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The ratio of the reception status information of any one of the antenna panels is greater than the fifth threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限。The maximum reception status information among the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams in the N reception beams The difference is greater than the sixth threshold, and / or the largest reception status information among the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is among the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The difference between the reception status information of any antenna panel is greater than the sixth threshold.
  41. 根据权利要求34至40中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 34 to 40, wherein the communication unit is further configured to:
    接收第一上报配置信息,所述第一上报配置信息用于指示上报所述第一接收波束的数量信息的比特数,或者用于指示上报所述第一接收波束的数量的最大值,或者用于指示上报所述接收状态信息的比特数。Receiving first reporting configuration information, where the first reporting configuration information is used to indicate the number of bits for reporting the number of the first receiving beam information, or for indicating the maximum number of the first receiving beam number to be reported, or It is used to indicate the number of bits for reporting the reception status information.
  42. 根据权利要求34至41中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一资源的数量为M,且M为大于或等于2的正整数时,所述通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 34 to 41, wherein when the number of the first resources is M, and M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, the communication unit is further configured to:
    发送所述M个第一资源中的所述至少一个第一资源的标识信息。Sending identification information of the at least one first resource among the M first resources.
  43. 根据权利要求42项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 42, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    确定第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示接收M个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收波束能否同时用于上行传输;Determining first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether a receiving beam that receives reference signals carried on M first resources can be used for uplink transmission at the same time;
    所述通信单元还用于:The communication unit is further configured to:
    发送所述第一指示信息。Sending the first instruction information.
  44. 根据权利要求34至43中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收状态信息是参考信号接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的任意一种。The device according to any one of claims 34 to 43, wherein the reception status information is any one of a reference signal received power RSRP or a signal noise interference ratio SINR or a signal to noise ratio SNR or a reference signal received quality RSRQ One.
  45. 根据权利要求34至44中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束用于上行传输。The apparatus according to any one of claims 34 to 44, wherein the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述天线面板为激活状态。The device according to claim 45, wherein the antenna panel is in an activated state.
  47. 一种传输装置,其特征在于,包括:A transmission device, comprising:
    处理单元,用于在第一预设条件时,生成第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发终端设备发送第一上行参考信号;A processing unit, configured to generate a first message under a first preset condition, where the first message is used to trigger a terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal;
    通信单元,用于发送所述第一消息,所述第一预设条件包括:A communication unit, configured to send the first message, and the first preset condition includes:
    所述终端设备用于发送第二上行参考信号的上行波束被配置为下行参考信号的资源标识,所述第二上行参考信号用于进行信道测量;和/或An uplink beam used by the terminal device to send a second uplink reference signal is configured as a resource identifier of a downlink reference signal, and the second uplink reference signal is used for channel measurement; and / or
    所述终端设备接收所述下行参考信号的接收波束的数量或接收所述下行参考信号所使用的天线面板数量大于1;和/或The number of receiving beams for receiving the downlink reference signal by the terminal device or the number of antenna panels used for receiving the downlink reference signal is greater than 1; and / or
    所述终端设备接收所述下行参考信号的多个接收波束对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间的差值小于或等于第一门限,或者,所述终端设备接收所述下行参考信号所使用的多个天线面板对应的多个接收状态信息中任意两个接收状态信息之间 的差值小于或等于第一门限。The difference between any two pieces of reception status information of the plurality of reception status information corresponding to the plurality of reception beams of the downlink reference signal received by the terminal device is less than or equal to a first threshold, or the terminal device receives the The difference between any two reception status information among multiple reception status information corresponding to multiple antenna panels used by the downlink reference signal is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 47, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    根据所述接收波束的数量或接收所述下行参考信号所使用的天线面板数量,生成第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示承载所述第一上行参考信号的第一上行参考信号资源的数量信息和/或发送波束信息;Generating a second message according to the number of the received beams or the number of antenna panels used to receive the downlink reference signal, where the second message is used to indicate the first uplink reference signal resource carrying the first uplink reference signal Quantity information and / or transmit beam information;
    所述通信单元还用于:The communication unit is further configured to:
    发送所述第二消息。Sending the second message.
  49. 根据权利要求47或48所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一消息是所述终端设备发送的调度请求消息。The apparatus according to claim 47 or 48, wherein the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
  50. 根据权利要求47至49中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一消息承载于第一上行资源,所述第一上行资源为周期性资源。The apparatus according to any one of claims 47 to 49, wherein the first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
  51. 一种传输装置,其特征在于,包括:A transmission device, comprising:
    通信单元,用于通过至少一个第一资源发送参考信号,所述参考信号承载于多个资源,所述每个第一资源对应终端设备的第一接收波束,所述第一接收波束包括至少一个接收波束;A communication unit, configured to send a reference signal through at least one first resource, where the reference signal is carried on multiple resources, and each first resource corresponds to a first receive beam of a terminal device, and the first receive beam includes at least one Receive beam
    所述通信单元,还用于接收第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息;The communication unit is further configured to receive information about the number of first receiving beams and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each of the first resources;
    处理单元,用于确定所述第一接收波束和所述第一资源。A processing unit, configured to determine the first receiving beam and the first resource.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束的数量信息包括所述第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的数量或所述第一接收波束中包括的接收波束的标识信息,或The apparatus according to claim 51, wherein the information about the number of first receiving beams includes the number of receiving beams included in the first receiving beam or an identifier of a receiving beam included in the first receiving beam Information, or
    所述第一接收波束的数量信息包括接收所述参考信号使用天线面板的数量或标识信息。The quantity information of the first receiving beam includes quantity or identification information of an antenna panel used for receiving the reference signal.
  53. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个所述标识信息,所述第一资源的接收状态信息是根据所述第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的接收状态信息确定的;或者,The device according to claim 51 or 52, wherein the quantity information of the first receiving beam is a quantity K or K of the identification information, and the receiving status information of the first resource is based on the first The receiving status information of the K receiving beams in the receiving beam is determined; or,
    接收所述参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,所述第一资源的接收状态信息是根据所述K个天线面板的接收状态信息确定的,K为大于或等于1的正整数。The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K. The reception status information of the first resource is determined according to the reception status information of the K antenna panels, and K is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  54. 根据权利要求51或53所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 51 or 53, wherein:
    所述第一接收波束的数量信息为数量K或者K个所述标识信息,所述第一资源的接收状态信息包括所述第一接收波束中的K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息,以及接收第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:The quantity information of the first receiving beam is quantity K or K pieces of the identification information, the receiving state information of the first resource includes K receiving state information of the K receiving beams in the first receiving beam, and Receiving information about the number of first receiving beams and receiving state information of a reference signal carried on each first resource includes:
    接收所述第一接收波束的数量信息K和所述K个接收状态信息;和/或Receiving the number information K of the first reception beams and the K reception state information; and / or
    接收所述参考信号使用的天线面板的数量为K,所述第一资源的接收状态信息包括所述多个天线面板中的K个天线面板的接收状态信息,以及接收第一接收波束的数量信息和所述每个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收状态信息,包括:The number of antenna panels used to receive the reference signal is K, and the reception status information of the first resource includes the reception status information of the K antenna panels of the plurality of antenna panels, and the number of received first reception beams. And the reception status information of the reference signal carried on each first resource includes:
    接收所述K个接收波束对应的K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息。Receiving K receiving status information of K antenna panels corresponding to the K receiving beams.
  55. 根据权利要求53或54所述的装置,其特征在于,所述K个接收波束对应K个接收状态信息,The apparatus according to claim 53 or 54, wherein the K receiving beams correspond to K receiving status information,
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第一门限;或The difference between any two of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams is less than or equal to a first threshold, and / or any two of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels The difference between the received status information is less than or equal to the first threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意两个接收状态信息的比值小于或等于第二门限;或A ratio of any two reception status information of the K reception status information of the K reception beams is less than or equal to a second threshold, and / or any two receptions of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels are received. The ratio of status information is less than or equal to the second threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与最小的接收状态信息的差值小于或等于第三门限。The difference between the largest receiving state information and the smallest receiving state information in the K receiving state information of the K receiving beams is less than or equal to a third threshold, and / or among the K receiving state information of the K antenna panels The difference between the maximum reception status information and the minimum reception status information is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 55, wherein:
    当所述第一接收波束包括N个接收波束,且N为大于K的正整数时,When the first receiving beam includes N receiving beams, and N is a positive integer greater than K,
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第四门限;或Any one of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams and the receiving status information of any one receiving beam of the NK receiving beams other than the K receiving beams in the N receiving beams And the difference between any of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels and the NK antennas other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The difference between the reception status information of any antenna panel in the panel is greater than the fourth threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中的任意一个接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的比值大于第五门限;或Any one of the K receiving status information of the K receiving beams and the receiving status information of any one receiving beam of the NK receiving beams other than the K receiving beams in the N receiving beams The ratio of the receiving status information of any of the K receiving status information of the K antenna panels and / or the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels The ratio of the reception status information of any one of the antenna panels is greater than the fifth threshold; or
    所述K个接收波束的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与所述N个接收波束中除所述K个接收波束之外的N-K个接收波束中任意一个接收波束的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限,和/或所述K个天线面板的K个接收状态信息中最大的接收状态信息与除所述N个天线面板中的K个天线面板之外的N-K个天线面板中任意一个天线面板的接收状态信息的差值大于第六门限。The maximum reception status information among the K reception status information of the K reception beams and the reception status information of any one of the NK reception beams other than the K reception beams in the N reception beams The difference is greater than the sixth threshold, and / or the maximum reception status information of the K reception status information of the K antenna panels is different from the NK antenna panels other than the K antenna panels of the N antenna panels. The difference between the reception status information of any antenna panel is greater than the sixth threshold.
  57. 根据权利要求51至56中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 51 to 56, wherein the communication unit is further configured to:
    发送第一上报配置信息,所述第一上报配置信息用于指示上报所述第一接收波束的数量信息的比特数,或者用于指示上报所述第一接收波束的数量的最大值,或者用于指示上报所述接收状态信息的比特数。Send first reporting configuration information, where the first reporting configuration information is used to indicate the number of bits for reporting the number of the first received beam information, or to indicate the maximum value of the number of the first received beam, or It is used to indicate the number of bits for reporting the reception status information.
  58. 根据权利要求51至57中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一资源的数量为M,且M为大于或等于2的正整数时,所述通信单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 51 to 57, wherein when the number of the first resources is M, and M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, the communication unit is further configured to:
    接收所述M个第一资源中的所述至少一个第一资源的标识信息。Receiving identification information of the at least one first resource among the M first resources.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 58, wherein the communication unit is further configured to:
    接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示接收M个第一资源上承载的参考信号的接收波束能否同时用于上行传输。Receiving first indication information, which is used to indicate whether a receiving beam that receives reference signals carried on M first resources can be used for uplink transmission at the same time.
  60. 根据权利要求51至59中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收状态信息是参考信号接收功率RSRP或者信号噪声干扰比SINR或者信噪比SNR或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的任意一种。The device according to any one of claims 51 to 59, wherein the reception status information is any one of a reference signal received power RSRP or a signal noise interference ratio SINR or a signal to noise ratio SNR or a reference signal received quality RSRQ One.
  61. 根据权利要求51至60中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接收波束用于上行传输。The apparatus according to any one of claims 51 to 60, wherein the first receiving beam is used for uplink transmission.
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的装置,其特征在于,所述天线面板为激活状态。The device according to claim 61, wherein the antenna panel is in an activated state.
  63. 一种传输装置,其特征在于,包括:A transmission device, comprising:
    通信单元,用于接收第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发终端设备发送第一上行参考信号;A communication unit, configured to receive a first message, where the first message is used to trigger a terminal device to send a first uplink reference signal;
    处理单元,用于生成下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于指示所述终端设备发送所述上行参考信号的第一上行资源;A processing unit, configured to generate downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used to instruct the terminal device to send a first uplink resource of the uplink reference signal;
    所述通信单元,还用于发送所述DCI。The communication unit is further configured to send the DCI.
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 63, wherein the communication unit is further configured to:
    接收第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一上行资源信息和上行波束信息,所述第一上行资源信息包括第一资源的个数和接收所述第一资源的接收波束数量或对应的天线面板数量,所述第一资源是用于承载下行参考信号的多个资源中通信质量满足预设条件的资源。Receiving a second message, where the second message is used to indicate the first uplink resource information and uplink beam information, and the first uplink resource information includes the number of first resources and the number of receive beams for receiving the first resource Or the corresponding number of antenna panels, the first resource is a resource in which a communication quality meets a preset condition among multiple resources used to carry a downlink reference signal.
  65. 根据权利要求63或64所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一消息是所述终端设备发送的调度请求消息。The apparatus according to claim 63 or 64, wherein the first message is a scheduling request message sent by the terminal device.
  66. 根据权利要求63至65中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述终第一消息承载于第一上行资源,所述第一上行资源为周期性资源。The apparatus according to any one of claims 63 to 65, wherein the final first message is carried on a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource is a periodic resource.
  67. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被执行时,实现如权利要求1至33中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 33 is implemented.
  68. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,所述芯片系统包括:A chip system is characterized in that the chip system includes:
    存储器,用于存储指令;Memory for storing instructions;
    处理器,用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述指令,使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信设备执行如权利要求1至33中任意一项所述的方法。A processor, configured to call and execute the instructions from the memory, so that the communication device on which the chip system is installed executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 33.
  69. 一种程序,包括指令,当所述指令被运行时,使得如权利要求1至33中任意一项所述的方法被执行。A program comprising instructions which, when executed, cause the method according to any one of claims 1 to 33 to be executed.
PCT/CN2019/104825 2018-09-18 2019-09-09 Data transmission method and device WO2020057383A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811090107.4 2018-09-18
CN201811090107.4A CN110912665B (en) 2018-09-18 2018-09-18 Data transmission method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020057383A1 true WO2020057383A1 (en) 2020-03-26

Family

ID=69812931

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/104825 WO2020057383A1 (en) 2018-09-18 2019-09-09 Data transmission method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110912665B (en)
WO (1) WO2020057383A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112055981A (en) * 2020-08-03 2020-12-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Signal transmission method, device, terminal, equipment and medium
WO2022081299A1 (en) * 2020-10-13 2022-04-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Beam report for multi-stream communication

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021179305A1 (en) * 2020-03-13 2021-09-16 华为技术有限公司 Uplink transmission method and apparatus
US20230188303A1 (en) * 2020-05-15 2023-06-15 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Data transmission processing method and apparatus, communication device and storage medium
CN116097574A (en) * 2020-08-05 2023-05-09 苹果公司 System and method for selecting in asymmetric Uplink (UL) antenna panels for User Equipment (UE)
WO2022027290A1 (en) 2020-08-05 2022-02-10 Apple Inc. Techniques for node directed uplink (ul) cancellation and channel access in unlicensed bands
CN114499781A (en) * 2020-10-23 2022-05-13 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Reference signal transmission method, transmitting terminal, receiving terminal, device and storage medium
CN112469131B (en) * 2020-12-23 2023-04-18 Oppo(重庆)智能科技有限公司 Method for configuring SRS resource symbol number and terminal equipment
WO2022147675A1 (en) * 2021-01-06 2022-07-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and apparatus for determining uplink antenna panel, and communication device
WO2022148420A1 (en) * 2021-01-07 2022-07-14 Mediatek Inc. Apparatus and method for beam management in multi-beam system
CN115085773A (en) * 2021-03-10 2022-09-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Antenna number changing method, device, equipment and storage medium
WO2023133763A1 (en) * 2022-01-13 2023-07-20 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information reporting and information receiving method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
CN116567691A (en) * 2022-01-29 2023-08-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information transmission method, device, terminal and network side equipment
WO2023206425A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Precoding indication for simultaneous multi-panel ul transmission
CN114885344B (en) * 2022-07-07 2022-11-18 深圳市中兴微电子技术有限公司 MTRP-based signal transmission method and device
CN117676548A (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-03-08 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and system

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106998223A (en) * 2016-01-21 2017-08-01 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Mixed-beam shaping method, base station and user terminal
EP3337053A1 (en) * 2015-08-13 2018-06-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Communication technique using csi-rs in mobile communication system

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106712895B (en) * 2015-07-31 2019-08-16 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of method and device of method that feeding back CSI and transmission downlink data
US11290158B2 (en) * 2016-07-26 2022-03-29 Nokia Technologies Oy Signaling RX/TX beamforming linkage for MIMO systems
CN107733497B (en) * 2016-08-10 2020-09-29 华为技术有限公司 Beam tracking method, terminal equipment and network side equipment
US20190349915A1 (en) * 2017-01-03 2019-11-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting/receiving signals by using beams in wireless communication system, and device for same
CN108288991B (en) * 2017-01-09 2023-05-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Feedback method and device for beam information and configuration information

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3337053A1 (en) * 2015-08-13 2018-06-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Communication technique using csi-rs in mobile communication system
CN106998223A (en) * 2016-01-21 2017-08-01 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Mixed-beam shaping method, base station and user terminal

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INTEL CORPORATION: "3GPP TSG RAN WG1 Meeting NR Ad-hoc #3 R1-1716282", RRM MEASUREMENTS FOR NR, 21 September 2017 (2017-09-21), XP051339738 *
INTEL CORPORATION: "3GPP TSG-RAN WG4 Meeting #87 R4-1806304", DISCUSSION ABOUT CSI-RS BASED LI-RSRP FOR BEAM DETECTION, 25 May 2018 (2018-05-25), XP051445997 *
MEDIATEK INC.: "3GPP TSG RAN WG1 Meeting AH1801 R1-1800159", CLARIFICATIONS ON BEAM MANAGEMENT, 26 January 2018 (2018-01-26), XP051384649 *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112055981A (en) * 2020-08-03 2020-12-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Signal transmission method, device, terminal, equipment and medium
WO2022081299A1 (en) * 2020-10-13 2022-04-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Beam report for multi-stream communication
US11576061B2 (en) 2020-10-13 2023-02-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Beam report for multi-stream communication
CN116325545A (en) * 2020-10-13 2023-06-23 高通股份有限公司 Beam reporting for multi-stream communications

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110912665A (en) 2020-03-24
CN110912665B (en) 2021-04-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020057383A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
US11588601B2 (en) System and method for control signaling
US11283503B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
US11121835B2 (en) Efficient SRS resource indication methods
US20200280416A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring reference signal channel characteristics, and communication device
US20200366357A1 (en) Method and apparatus for csi feedback in a mimo wireless communication system with elevation beamforming
US20230073090A1 (en) Efficient srs resource indication methods
JP6955000B2 (en) Methods and devices for interference measurement in wireless communication systems
US10420090B2 (en) Communication technique using CSI-RS in mobile communication system
CN110832803B (en) Interference measurement and channel state information feedback for multi-user multiple-input multiple-output
US20220022193A1 (en) Method For Reporting Terminal Device Capability And Communications Apparatus
US20190173549A1 (en) Channel state feedback method and apparatus
JP7158490B2 (en) Channel state information (CSI) feedback with multiple hypotheses
KR20150031242A (en) Method for cqi feedback without spatial feedback (pmi/ri) for tdd coordinated multi-point and carrier aggregation scenarios
US11510080B2 (en) Method and apparatus for triggering multi-beam reporting
US20230180034A1 (en) System and Method for Coordinated Transmissions and Feedback
WO2021017874A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
GB2499674A (en) A feedback indicator for coordinated multi-point operations
CN111586741A (en) Information reporting method and terminal
US20230299821A1 (en) Transmission method and apparatus, device, and readable storage medium
CN111970036A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN117640036A (en) CSI reporting method, terminal device, network device and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19862052

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19862052

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1